Ch 6 Corrosion Resistant Enclosures PDF 1000461306 Catalog

2016-09-04

: Pdf 1000461306-Catalog 1000461306-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 168 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

“When the inspector came by, Hoffman’s Watershed™

Enclosures helped us pass the first time.

Our washdowns are now much more thorough.”

6.01

Hoffman Watershed™

Hoffman Watershed™Enclosures,our

new line of stainless steel free-

standing and wall-mount enclosures,

are designed to facilitate complete

washdown while protecting sensitive

electrical controls. Hoffman’s patent-

pending design has exclusive features

that promote runoff,discourage the

presence of foreign objects in

production areas,and eliminate

hidden areas of standing water.

See pages 6.40 and 6.46

POWERGLIDE®Handle

Hoffman’s POWERGLIDE®Handle is

a patented design that meets

stringent Type 4X requirements. For

the most secure latching in wet

environments,this Type 316 stainless

steel handle can be specified on

large,free-standing stainless steel and

fiberglass Type 4X enclosures with 3-

point latching mechanisms.

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Index

▲

Revolutionary enclosure solutions that ensure

reliable performance in extreme conditions.

Whether on an oil rig in the middle of the Atlantic or in a

high-pressure,scalding washdown in a food processing facility,

isolating critical controls from harsh environments is a job no

one performs better than Hoffman. Not only does Hoffman

offer the broadest range of corrosion-resistant enclosures, but

we also invest more in design,testing, and product support.

One example is our innovative Watershed™line—we started

with a clean sheet of paper to reinvent enclosures for

washdown and developed the only enclosures certified by

NSF. It’s no wonder Hoffman enclosures are trusted in the

world’s most demanding environments.

Aluminum

Clamp Cover Type 4X NFAL Junction Boxes 6.106

COMLINE®Wall-Mount Enclosures 6.108

COMPACT®Type 4X Enclosures 6.100

Continuous Hinge CHAL Junction Boxes 6.104

Continuous Hinge Type 4X Enclosures 6.112

Fiberglass, Polycarbonate, ABS

Fiberglass Hinged Cover Type 4X Enclosures 6.118

Fiberglass Single-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures 6.140

Fiberglass Two-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures 6.142

Fiberglass Type 4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted

Disconnects 6.136

Fiberglass Type 4X Overlapping Door Enclosures 6.122

Fiberglass Type 4X Small Enclosures 6.114

Fiberglass Type 4X Wall-Mount Enclosures 6.132

Fiberglass ULTRX®Type 4X Enclosures 6.126

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and

Type 6 Enclosures 6.148

QLINE®D Polycarbonate Type 4X Pushbutton Enclosures 6.146

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and

Type 6 Enclosures 6.154

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X Enclosures 6.160

Stainless Steel

APX-FC Free-Standing Console 6.82

APX-FE Enclosures 6.64

Clamp Cover Type 4X NFSS Junction Boxes 6.04

CONCEPT®Console 6.80

CONCEPT®Disconnect Enclosures 6.32

CONCEPT®Wall-Mount Enclosures 6.20

Consolets 6.12

Continuous Hinge Type 4X CHNFSS Junction Boxes 6.02

Floor-Mount Type 4X Enclosures 6.42

Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures 6.54

Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures 6.48

Heavy Duty Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures for

Flange-Mounted Disconnects 6.72

INLINE®Instrumentation Enclosures 6.06

INLINE®Landscape Instrumentation Enclosures 6.10

PROLINE®Operator Interface Enclosures 6.90

PROLINE-PC Package 6.92

PROLINE-SY Package 6.96

Pushbutton Enclosures, 22.5mm 6.18

Pushbutton Enclosures, 30.5mm and 22.5mm 6.16

Pushbutton Enclosures, Extra-Deep 30.5mm 6.14

Two-Door Floor-Mount Type 12 Enclosures 6.44

Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures for

Flange-Mounted Disconnects 6.66

Two-Door Wall-Mount Type 12 Enclosures 6.30

Type 4X Enclosures 6.26

Type 4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects 6.36

Watershed™Free-Standing Enclosures 6.46

Watershed™Wall-Mount Enclosures 6.40

Modification Services

Modification Services is a program that provides a menu

of specified options for modifying enclosures to your

unique specifications.For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification Services program,

contact your Hoffman sales representative.

Type 4X Overlapping Door Enclosures

The new HJ Series fiberglass enclosures feature overlapping shoe box

covers with an integral mounting bracket designed for easy pole mounting.

The HJ Series is designed for corrosive environments

including petrochemical and water treatment

applications.The series includes fifty-one

new enclosures with both flat

and raised cover designs. Each

has a foam-in-place gasket

with a continuous seal to keep

out dust, dirt and liquids.All

accept Hoffman's standard

panels with several standard

panel options available.

See page 6.122

Application

Provides unmatched protection for housing

electrical components in highly corrosive

environments. This enclosure is used in indoor

and outdoor settings that are frequently wet or

have constant exposure to water, other liquids,

or contaminants.

Construction

• 16 or 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L

stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Stainless steel screws and clamps assure

watertight seal

• Door removed by pulling stainless steel

continuous hinge pin

• Weldnuts provided for mounting optional

panels and terminal block kits

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover and sides of

body have smooth #4 brushed finish. Optional

stainless steel panels are unpainted. Optional

steel panels are white

Industry Standards

UL 50, File No. E27567:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12 (see table)

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X and Type 12 (see table)

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LL42184:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Fast Operating Junction Box Clamp

Lock Kit

Panels (see table)

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Box Box * Stainless * Steel

Catalog Catalog Steel Panel Panel Panel

Number Number Body Cover Box Size Catalog Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Type 304 Type 316L Ga. Ga. A x B x C Number Number D x E G x H L x W F J N T V Y

■A6044CHNFSS ■A6044CHNFSS6 16 16 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.00 A6P4SS A6P4 4.88 x 2.88 6.75 x 2.00 7.50 x 4.94 3.50 3.62 2.38 3.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 102 x 102) (124 x 73) (171 x 51) (191 x 125) (89) (92) (60) (76) (8) (14)

■■A606CHNFSS ■■A606CHNFSS6 16 16 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6SS A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 7.50 x 6.94 3.50 3.62 2.38 5.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (191 x 176) (89) (92) (60) (127) (8) (14)

■■A8064CHNFSS ■■A8064CHNFSS6 14 16 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A8P6SS A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 9.50 x 6.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 5.00 0.25 0.62

(203 x 152 x 102) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (241 x 176) (89) (92) (35) (127) (6) (16)

■■A1008CHNFSS ■■A1008CHNFSS6 14 16 10.00 x 8.00 x 4.00 A10P8SS A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 11.50 x 8.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 7.00 0.25 0.62

(254 x 203 x 102) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (292 x 227) (89) (92) (35) (178) (6) (16)

■■A12106CHNFSS ■■A12106CHNFSS6 14 16 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 A12P10SS A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 13.50 x 10.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 9.00 0.25 0.62

(305 x 254 x 152) (273 x 225) (324 x 203) (343 x 278) (140) (143) (60) (229) (6) (16)

■■A1212CHNFSS ■■A1212CHNFSS6 14 16 12.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A12P12SS A12P12 10.75 x 10.88 12.75 x 10.00 13.50 x 12.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62

(305 x 305 x 152) (273 x 276) (324 x 254) (343 x 329) (140) (143) (60) (279) (6) (16)

■■A1412CHNFSS ■■A1412CHNFSS6 14 16 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A14P12SS A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 15.50 x 12.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62

(356 x 305 x 152) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (394 x 329) (140) (143) (60) (279) (6) (16)

■■A1614CHNFSS ■■A1614CHNFSS6 14 16 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 A16P14SS A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 17.50 x 14.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 13.00 0.25 0.62

(406 x 356 x 152) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (445 x 379) (140) (143) (60) (330) (6) (16)

Standard Sizes Continuous Hinge Type 4X CHNFSS Junction Boxes

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional aluminum, zinc-plated and composite panels are also available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

■■UL 50 ■UL 508A, 508

Stainless Steel Continuous Hinge Type 4X

CHNFSS Junction Boxes

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

For information about modifications outside

the scope of the Modification Services

program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: 1. Optional panels are 14 gauge steel

or stainless steel.

2. Panel screws are #10-32 pan head.

Clamp Bracket Locations

Stainless Steel Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A51S

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover and sides of

body have smooth #4 brushed finish. Optional

stainless steel panels are unpainted. Optional

steel panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 50, File No. E27567: Type 3R,Type 4, Type

4X, and Type 12 (see table)

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997: Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X and Type 12 (see table)

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type

12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LL42184:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Application

Provides unmatched protection for housing

electrical components in highly corrosive

environments. This enclosure is used in indoor

and outdoor settings that are frequently wet or

have constant exposure to water, other liquids,

or contaminants.

Construction

• 16 or 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L

stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Stainless steel screws and clamps assure

watertight seal

• Weldnuts provided for mounting optional

panels and terminal block kits in size 6.00 x

4.00 in. (152 x 102mm) and larger

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Fast Operating Junction Box Clamp

Panels (See table)

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Box Box * Stainless * Steel

Catalog Catalog Steel Panel Panel Panel

Number Number Body Cover Box Size Catalog Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Type 304 Type 316L Ga. Ga. A x B x C Number Number D x E G x H L x W F J M N T V Y

■A404NFSS ■A404NFSS6 16 16 4.00 x 4.00 x 3.00 No Panel No Panel No Panel 4.75 x 2.00 5.50 x 5.38 — 2.56 1.38 1.38 3.00 — —

(102x102x76) (121 x 51) (140 x 137) (65) (35) (35) (76)

■A6044NFSS ■A6044NFSS6 16 16 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.00 A6P4SS A6P4 4.88 x 2.88 6.75 x 2.00 7.50 x 5.38 3.50 3.56 1.38 1.38 3.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 102 x 102) (124 x 73) (171 x 51) (191 x 137) (89) (90) (35) (35) (76) (8) (14)

■■A8064NFSS ■■A8064NFSS6 14 16 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A8P6SS A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 9.50 x 7.38 3.50 3.56 — 1.38 5.00 0.25 0.62

(203 x 152 x 102) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (241 x 187) (89) (90) (35) (127) (6) (16)

■■A606NFSS ■■A606NFSS6 16 16 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6SS A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 7.50 x 7.38 3.50 3.56 2.38 1.38 5.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (191 x 187) (89) (90) (60) (35) (127) (8) (14)

■■A1008NFSS ■■A1008NFSS6 14 16 10.00 x 8.00 x 4.00 A10P8SS A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 11.50 x 9.38 3.50 3.56 — 1.38 7.00 0.25 0.62

(254 x 203 x 102) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (292 x 238) (89) (90) (35) (178) (6) (16)

■■A12106NFSS ■■A12106NFSS6 14 16 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 A12P10SS A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 13.50 x 11.38 5.50 5.56 — 2.38 9.00 0.25 0.62

(305 x 254 x 152) (273 x 225) (324 x 203) (343 x 289) (140) (141) (60) (229) (6) (16)

■■A1412NFSS ■■A1412NFSS6 14 16 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A14P12SS A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 15.50 x 13.38 5.50 5.56 — 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62

(356 x 305 x 152) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (394 x 340) (140) (141) (60) (279) (6) (16)

■■A1614NFSS ■■A1614NFSS6 14 16 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 A16P14SS A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 17.50 x 15.38 5.50 5.56 — 2.38 13.00 0.25 0.62

(406 x 356 x 152) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (445 x 391) (140) (141) (60) (330) (6) (16)

Standard Sizes Clamp Cover Type 4X NFSS Junction Boxes

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional aluminum, zinc-plated and composite panels are also available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

■■UL 50 ■UL 508A, 508

Stainless Steel Clamp Cover Type 4X

NFSS Junction Boxes

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

For information about modifications outside

the scope of the Modification Services

program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: 1. Optional panels are 14 gauge steel

or stainless steel.

2. Panel screws are #10-32 pan head.

Clamp Bracket Locations

Stainless Steel Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A51S

Application

INLINE®enclosures house and protect sensitive

electrical or electronic components from harsh,

dirty environments. For use in installations

where dirt, dust, oil, water, or other

contaminants are present. Streamlined styling,

flush latching, and an attractive, durable finish

complement high-tech electronic equipment.

INLINE®window enclosures are uniquely suited

to protect field bus components and other

instrumentation devices.

Construction

• 16 gauge or 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L

stainless steel

•

Seams continuously welded and ground smooth

• Body flange trough excludes liquids and

contaminants; flange directs liquids away from

the enclosure opening

•

Large perimeter opening facilitates component

installation, maintenance, or conversion

• Fastening holes in back of body for direct

mounting or optional external mounting

brackets

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket on standard

models provides oil-tight and dust-tight seal

against contaminants

• M6 bonding provision provided on cover or

door

• M6 grounding stud provided on body

• Furnished hardware kit consists of panel

mounting screws, grounding hardware, and

sealing washers for wall-mounting holes

• Installation instructions for enclosure and

accessories are provided

•

Optional 12 gauge (2.7mm) panels are available

INLINE®screw cover enclosures

• Captivated Type 316 stainless steel cover

screws with sealing bushings made of a

durable composite material

• Integral compression stops maintain optimal

gasket compression

INLINE®hinged door enclosures

• 180-degree door opening

• Removable hinge pins (Type 316 stainless steel)

•

Standard self-grounding quarter-turn

Type 316

stainless steel

latch system with double seal

provides maximum protection against

contamination

INLINE®window door enclosures

• 3/16-inch (4.8mm) clear polycarbonate

window is mounted flush with cover surface

• 180-degree door opening

• Removable Type 316 stainless steel hinge pins

•

Standard self-grounding slotted quarter-turn

Type 316 stainless steel

latch system with

double seal provides maximum protection

against contamination

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover and body have

smooth #4 brushed finish.

Optional steel subpanels are available in

conductive galvanized or white enamel finish.

Industry Standards

Mounting brackets required to meet UL/CSA external mounting

requirements.

■INLINE®screw cover enclosures

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

VDE IP66

IEC 60529, IP66

■INLINE®hinged door enclosures

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

VDE IP66

IEC 60529, IP66

■INLINE®window door enclosures

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X and

Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

VDE IP66

IEC 60529, IP55

Accessories

DIN Rail or Panel Mounting Bracket

DIN3 Rails

Grounding Kit

Key Inserts

Mounting Bracket Kit

Panels

Wing Knob Latch

INLINE

Stainless Steel

Instrumentation Enclosures

US Patent 5,683,005: DIN Rail/Panel Mounting Bracket

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

For information about modifications outside

the scope of the Modification Services

program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A September 2003

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Standard Sizes INLINE

Stainless Steel Screw Cover Enclosures

Type 304 Type 316L Enclosure Size * Steel Panel * Galvanized Panel Panel Size Mounting

Catalog Number Catalog Number A x B x C Catalog Number Catalog Number D x E G x H F

LSC151512SS LSC151512SS6 150 x 150 x 120 LP1515 LP1515G 131 x 131 132 x 85 105

(5.91 x 5.91 x 4.72) (5.16 x 5.16) (5.20 x 3.35) (4.13)

LSC201512SS LSC201512SS6 200 x 150 x 120 LP2015 LP2015G 181 x 131 182 x 85 105

(7.87 x 5.91 x 4.72) (7.13 x 5.16) (7.17 x 3.35) (4.13)

LSC252015SS LSC252015SS6 250 x 200 x 150 LP2520 LP2520G 231 x 181 232 x 135 135

(9.84 x 7.87 x 5.91) (9.09 x 7.13) (9.13 x 5.31) (5.31)

LSC302515SS LSC302515SS6 300 x 250 x 150 LP3025 LP3025G 281 x 231 282 x 185 135

(11.81 x 9.84 x 5.91) (11.06 x 9.09) (11.10 x 7.28) (5.31)

LSC353020SS LSC353020SS6 350 x 300 x 200 LP3530 LP3530G 331 x 281 332 x 235 185

(13.78 x 11.81 x 7.87) (13.03 x 11.06) (13.07 x 9.25) (7.28)

*Steel * Galvanized

Type 304 Type 316L Enclosure Size Panel Steel Panel Panel Size Mounting

Catalog Number Catalog Number A x B x C Catalog Number Catalog Number D x E G x H F

LHC151512SS LHC151512SS6 150 x 150 x 120 LP1515 LP1515G 131 x 131 132 x 85 105

(5.91 x 5.91 x 4.72) (5.16 x 5.16) (5.20 x 3.35) (4.13)

LHC201512SS LHC201512SS6 200 x 150 x 120 LP2015 LP2015G 181 x 131 182 x 85 105

(7.87 x 5.91 x 4.72) (7.13 x 5.16) (7.17 x 3.35) (4.13)

LHC252015SS LHC252015SS6 250 x 200 x 150 LP2520 LP2520G 231 x 181 232 x 135 135

(9.84 x 7.87 x 5.91) (9.09 x 7.13) (9.13 x 5.31) (5.31)

LHC302515SS LHC302515SS6 300 x 250 x 150 LP3025 LP3025G 281 x 231 282 x 185 135

(11.81 x 9.84 x 5.91) (11.06 x 9.09) (11.10 x 7.28) (5.31)

LHC353020SS LHC353020SS6 350 x 300 x 200 LP3530 LP3530G 331 x 281 332 x 235 185

(13.78 x 11.81 x 7.87) (13.03 x 11.06) (13.07 x 9.25) (7.28)

Standard Sizes INLINE

Stainless Steel Hinged Door Enclosures

Type 304 Type 316L Enclosure Size *Steel Panel *Galvanized Panel Panel Size Mounting Window Size

Catalog Number Catalog Number A x B x C Catalog Number Catalog Number D x E G x H M x N F

LWC201512SS LWC201512SS6 200 x 150 x 120 LP2015 LP2015G 181 x 131 182 x 85 149 x 65 101

(7.87 x 5.91 x 4.72) (7.13 x 5.16) (7.17 x 3.35) (5.87 x 2.56) (3.98)

LWC252015SS LWC252015SS6 250 x 200 x 150 LP2520 LP2520G 231 x 181 232 x 135 199 x 115 131

(9.84 x 7.87 x 5.91) (9.09 x 7.13) (9.13 x 5.31) (7.83 x 4.53) (5.16)

LWC302515SS LWC302515SS6 300 x 250 x 150 LP3025 LP3025G 281 x 231 281 x 185 249 x 165 131

(11.81 x 9.84 x 5.91) (11.06 x 9.09) (11.06 x 7.28) (9.80 x 6.50) (5.16)

†LWC204015SS LWC204015SS6 200 x 400 x 150 LP2040 — 181 x 381 182 x 335 115 x 349 131

(7.87 x 15.75 x 5.91) (7.13 x 15.00) (7.17 x 13.19) (4.53 x 13.74) (5.16)

†LWC206015SS LWC206015SS6 200 x 600 x 150 LP2060 — 181 x 581 182 x 535 115 x 549 131

(7.87 x 23.62 x 5.91) (7.13 x 22.87) (7.17 x 21.06) (4.53 x 21.61) (5.16)

Standard Sizes INLINE

Stainless Steel Window Door Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels must be ordered separately.

† Hinged on side “B” of enclosure.

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A54S

Rev. A September 2003

INLINE

Stainless Steel

Instrumentation Enclosures

■INLINE

Stainless Steel Screw Cover Enclosure

■INLINE

Stainless Steel Hinged Door and Window Door Enclosures

NOTE: 1. Panels are 2.7mm (12 gauge) steel.

2. Panel screws are M5-0.8 pan head.

3. Rear mounting holes will accommodate M6-1.0

or 1/4-20 UNC mounting screws (supplied by

customer).

NOTE: Hinged on “B” side of enclosure

when B = 400mm or 600mm.

11C59187_2

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A54S

DIN Rail or Panel Mounting Brackets

provide a mounting framework for installing

DIN3 rails or a panel. Rails (or panel) attach

to the brackets, and the brackets bolt directly

to the enclosure. The bracket is offset to

permit additional space in front of or behind

mounted equipment. Brackets are zinc plated

10 gauge steel. Mounting hardware included

with brackets. Brackets must be purchased to

mount DIN3 type rails.

DIN3 Type Rails

furnish mounting surfaces for DIN3 mount

snap-on devices. Rails attach vertically or

horizontally to mounting brackets. Kit

includes 4 rails and installation instructions.

DIN Rail Mounting Brackets are required in

order to mount rails.

Wing Knob Latch

replaces the standard quarter-

turn latch on all hinged cover and

window cover enclosures.Two

keys and installation instructions

are furnished. (Latch will not

maintain Type 4X rating.)

Panels

are 12 gauge white-painted or galvanized steel.

Ground hole is labeled. Sized for M6 fastener.

Mounting Bracket Kit

Field installable. Type 316L

stainless steel.All hardware

included. Four brackets per kit.

Key Inserts

can be substituted for the

standard quarter-turn latch on

hinged cover and window cover

enclosures. Inserts are Type 316

stainless steel.

Grounding Kit

provides a means of attaching a

grounding conductor to the

enclosure. Kit consists of two

copper wires with a ring terminal

at each end. Wires are insulated.

All installation hardware and

instructions are included.

Catalog Fits INLINE®

Number Enclosure

LMK15 when A or B = 150

LMK20 when A or B = 200

LMK25 when A or B = 250

LMK30 when A or B = 300

LMK35 when A or B = 350

DIN3 Symmetric

profile TS35/7.5 Fits INLINE

Catalog Number Enclosure

LDR3P15 when A or B = 150

LDR3P20 when A or B = 200

LDR3P25 when A or B = 250

LDR3P30 when A or B = 300

LDR3P35 when A or B = 350

LDR3P40 when A or B = 400

LDR3P60 when A or B = 600

Painted Galvanized

Steel Steel

Catalog Catalog Panel Size Fits INLINE

Number Number D x E Enclosure

LP1515 LP1515G 131 x 131 150 x 150

LP2015 LP2015G 181 x 131 200 x 150

LP2520 LP2520G 231 x 181 250 x 200

LP3025 LP3025G 281 x 231 300 x 250

LP3530 LP3530G 331 x 281 350 x 300

LP2040 181 x 381 200 x 400

LP2060 181 x 581 200 x 600

Catalog

Number Description

LLKSM7SS Square 7mm

LLKSM8SS Square 8mm

LLKDBSS Daimler Benz

LLKDBM3SS Double bit 3mm

LLKSSSS Slotted screw

Catalog

Number

LLGK

Catalog

Number Description

LLKWK Black die-cast zinc

Catalog

Number Description

LMFKSS Type 316L stainless

steel mounting bracket kit

Rev. A September 2003

INLINE® Landscape Stainless Steel

Instrumentation Enclosures

Application

Landscape INLINE® Stainless Steel

Instrumentation Enclosures are sized to house

a variety of field bus components.They protect

sensitive electrical or electronic components in

installations where dirt, dust, oil, water, or

other contaminants are present. Both solid and

window door models are available. Optional

DIN rail brackets and panels provide

component mounting options.Type 304

stainless steel is suitable for installation in food

service and pharmaceutical applications, as well

as in corrosive environments. Streamlined

styling and flush latching complete the package.

Construction

• 14 gauge stainless steel body; 16 gauge

stainless steel door

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth

• Body flange trough excludes liquids and

contaminants; flange directs liquids away from

the enclosure opening

• Large opening facilitates component

installation, maintenance, or conversion

• Mounting brackets are spot-welded to top

and bottom of enclosure

• Mounting brackets have predrilled mounting

holes; custom holes can be drilled for

mounting flexibility

U.S. Patent 5,683,005: DIN Rail/Panel Mounting Bracket

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides oil-

tight and dust-tight seal against

contaminants

• M6 ground stud with base flange provided

on body

• M6 bonding provision with base flange

provided on door

• Enclosure includes panel mounting screws

and grounding hardware

• Hinged door with removable hinge pins and

self-grounding quarter-turn latch system

with double seal against contamination

• Door opens 180 degrees

• Window door models include 3/16 in.

(4.8mm) clear polycarbonate window

mounted flush with door surface

Finish

Type 304 stainless steel with #4 brushed

finish. Back is not brushed. Optional panels

are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

VDE IP66

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

DIN Mounting Brackets

DIN3 Rails

Grounding Kit

Key Inserts

Panels

Wing Knob Latch

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes and fasteners in subpanel

• Mounting

• Delete mounting brackets

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

Enclosure Mtg Holes Mtg Studs Clear Space

Catalog B H J Above Panel

Number mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

Hinged Solid Cover

LHC233116SS 310 12.21 281 11.08 265 10.45 140 5.51

LHC234616SS 460 18.11 431 16.99 416 16.36 140 5.51

LHC236016SS 600 23.62 571 22.50 556 21.88 140 5.51

LHC237716SS 770 30.32 741 29.19 726 28.57 140 5.51

LHC239316SS 925 36.42 896 35.29 881 34.67 140 5.51

Hinged Window Cover

Standard Sizes INLINE® Landscape Stainless Steel

Instrumentation Enclosures

Enclosure Window Mtg Holes Mtg Studs Clear Space

Catalog B N H J Above Panel

Number mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

LWC233116SS 310 12.21 259 10.20 281 11.08 265 10.45 140 5.51

LWC234616SS 460 18.11 409 16.11 431 16.99 416 16.36 140 5.51

LWC236016SS 660 23.62 549 21.62 571 22.50 556 21.88 140 5.51

LWC237716SS 770 30.32 719 28.31 741 29.19 726 28.57 140 5.51

LWC239316SS 925 36.42 874 34.42 896 35.29 881 34.67 140 5.51

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Bulletin

A54S

6.11

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

DIN Mounting Brackets

Reversible mounting brackets are 12 gauge

steel plated with zinc with yellow chromate.

They mount on studs provided in the

enclosure. Multiple M5 tapped mounting

holes provide DIN rail mounting flexibility.

Brackets can also be used to mount panels

where additional space behind the panel is

required. Hardware for mounting the

brackets to the enclosure and for mounting

the rails or panel to the brackets is included.

DIN3 Rails

DIN3 rails, which provide mounting for

DIN3 snap-on I/O modules, mount

horizontally on the DIN mounting bracket.

These symmetric profile TS35/7.5 rails are

made of 20 gauge steel plated with zinc with

yellow chromate. DIN mounting brackets are

required in order to mount rails.

Catalog Number Description Pkg. Qty.

LMK23aDIN Mounting Brackets 2

Optional Components

Catalog L Pkg.

Number mm in. Qty.

LDR3P31 285 11.22 4

LDR3P46 435 17.13 4

LDR3P60 575 22.64 4

LDR3P77 745 29.33 4

LDR3P93 900 35.43 4

Panels

Panels are 12 gauge steel with a white

polyester powder paint finish.They include a

labeled ground hole sized for an M6 screw.

Panels mount on studs provided in the

enclosure or to optional DIN mounting

brackets.

Catalog D E

Number mm in. mm in.

LP2331 211 8.31 291 11.46

LP2346 211 8.31 441 17.36

LP2360 211 8.31 581 22.87

LP2377 211 8.31 751 29.57

LP2393 211 8.31 906 35.67

Solid Cover Window Cover DIN Rail or Panel

Enclosure Enclosure Panel DIN Rail Mounting Bracket

Catalog Numnber Catalog Numnber Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

LHC233116SS LWC233116SS LP2331 LDR3P31 LMK23

LHC234616SS LWC234616SS LP2346 LDR3P46 LMK23

LHC236016SS LWC236016SS LP2360 LDR3P60 LMK23a

LHC237716SS LWC237716SS LP2377 LDR3P77 LMK23a

LHC239316SS LWC239316SS LP2393 LDR3P93 LMK23a

Optional Components Selection

a600mm and longer enclosures require two sets of

brackets for mounting panels.

a600mm and longer enclosures require two sets of brackets for mounting panels.

Rev. A June 2003

Stainless Steel Consolets

Catalog Enclosure Size A x B x C

Number inch (millimeter) E H J K L N

C8C8SS 8.00 x 8.00 x 7.09 (203 x 203 x 180) 5.62 (143) 8.28 (210) 8.28 (210) 7.50 (191) 6.62 (168) 7.44 (189)

C8C12SS 8.00 x 12.00 x 7.09 (203 x 305 x 180) 5.62 (143) 8.28 (210) 12.28 (312) 11.50 (292) 6.62 (168) 7.44 (189)

C8C16SS 8.00 x 16.00 x 7.09 (203 x 406 x 180) 5.62 (143) 8.28 (210) 16.28 (414) 15.50 (394) 6.62 (168) 7.44 (189)

C8C20SS 8.00 x 20.00 x 7.09 (203 x 508 x 180) 5.62 (143) 8.28 (210) 20.28 (515) 19.50 (495) 6.62 (168) 7.44 (189)

C12C12SS 12.00 x 12.00 x 9.09 (305 x 305 x 231) 7.62 (194) 12.28 (312) 12.28 (312) 11.50 (292) 10.62 (270) 10.91 (277)

C12C16SS 12.00 x 16.00 x 9.09 (305 x 406 x 231) 7.62 (194) 12.28 (312) 16.28 (414) 15.50 (394) 10.62 (270) 10.91 (277)

C12C20SS 12.00 x 20.00 x 9.09 (305 x 508 x 231) 7.62 (194) 12.28 (312) 20.28 (515) 19.50 (495) 10.62 (270) 10.91 (277)

C12C24SS 12.00 x 24.00 x 9.09 (305 x 610 x 231) 7.62 (194) 12.28 (312) 24.28 (617) 23.50 (597) 10.62 (270) 10.91 (277)

C16C16SS 16.00 x 16.00 x 11.09 (406 x 406 x 282) 9.62 (244) 16.28 (414) 16.28 (414) 15.50 (394) 14.62 (371) 14.38 (365)

C16C20SS 16.00 x 20.00 x 11.09 (406 x 508 x 282) 9.62 (244) 16.28 (414) 20.28 (515) 19.50 (495) 14.62 (371) 14.38 (365)

C16C24SS 16.00 x 24.00 x 11.09 (406 x 610 x 282) 9.62 (244) 16.28 (414) 24.28 (617) 23.50 (597) 14.62 (371) 14.38 (365)

C16C30SS 16.00 x 30.00 x 11.09 (406 x 762 x 282) 9.62 (244) 16.28 (414) 30.28 (769) 29.50 (749) 14.62 (371) 14.38 (365)

C16C36SS 16.00 x 36.00 x 11.09 (406 x 914 x 282) 9.62 (244) 16.28 (414) 36.28 (922) 35.50 (902) 14.62 (371) 14.38 (365)

C20C20SS 20.00 x 20.00 x 13.09 (508 x 508 x 332) 11.62 (295) 20.28 (515) 20.28 (515) 18.62 (473) 18.62 (473) 17.84 (453)

C20C24SS 20.00 x 24.00 x 13.09 (508 x 610 x 332) 11.62 (295) 20.28 (515) 24.28 (617) 22.62 (575) 18.62 (473) 17.84 (453)

C20C30SS 20.00 x 30.00 x 13.09 (508 x 762 x 332) 11.62 (295) 20.28 (515) 30.28 (769) 28.62 (727) 18.62 (473) 17.84 (453)

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 12

and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP65

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Latch Kits

Mounting Bracket Kit

Pedestals

Window Kit

Application

Designed to house a variety of electronic

control or instrumentation devices, consolets

provide protection from dust, dirt, oil, and

water. Flexible design allows for mounting on

either of two sides, creating control surfaces

of 30 degrees or 60 degrees. Consolets can

be mounted on desktops, pedestals, or other

flat surfaces.

Construction

• Type 304 stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground smooth,

no holes or knockouts

• Captivated cover screws thread into sealed wells

• Control panel attached with continuous hinge

along bottom edge

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted. Cover

and sides of body have smooth #4 brushed

finish.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Consolets

See Chapter 2, Operator Interface Enclosure

Systems, for related mild steel enclosures.

6.13

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

C5S

C2760SS

Consolets

Extra-Deep 30.5mm Pushbutton Enclosures

Application

Designed to hold 30.5mm oil-tight

pushbuttons, switches, and pilot lights.

Enclosures provide protection against dirt,

dust, oil, and water. Extra deep design

accommodates additional contact blocks for

pushbuttons.

Construction

• 14 gauge bodies, 16 gauge covers Type 304

or Type 316 stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Captivated cover screws thread into

sealed wells

• Grounding stud in body of enclosure

• 4-way pushbutton holes accept all brands of

oil-tight pushbuttons, switches, and

pilot lights

• Enclosures 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 in. (152 x 102

x 121mm) and larger have internal

detachable hinge to hold cover open during

wiring, yet permit immediate removal

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted; cover

and sides of body have smooth #4 brushed

finish.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4X,Type 12 and Type 13

JIC Standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Oil-Tight Hole Seals

Pedestals

Tamper Resistant Screws

Enclosure Catalog Number

Type 304 Type 316 Number Enclosure Size Mounting Overall

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Gauge of Holes A x B x C G x H L x W T Y

E1PBXSS — 16 1 4.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 4.50 x 3.12 5.00 x 4.22 3.75 2.11

(102 x 102 x 121) (114 x 79) (127 x 107) (95) (54)

E2PBXSS — 14 2 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 6.50 x 3.12 7.00 x 4.22 3.75 1.98

(152 x 102 x 121) (165 x 79) (178 x 107) (95) (50)

E3PBXSS — 14 3 8.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 8.50 x 3.12 9.00 x 4.22 3.75 1.86

(203 x 102 x 121) (216 x 79) (229 x 107) (95) (47)

E4PBXSS — 14 4 10.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 10.50 x 3.12 11.00 x 4.22 3.75 1.73

(254 x 102 x 121) (267 x 79) (279 x 107) (95) (44)

E16PBXSS E16PBXSS6 14 16 11.75 x 10.75 x 4.75 12.25 x 9.88 12.75 x 10.97 10.50 2.61

(298 x 273 x 121) (311 x 251) (324 x 279) (267) (66)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric to inch.

Standard Sizes Extra-Deep 30.5mm Pushbutton Enclosures

See Chapter 2, Operator Interface Enclosure

Systems, for related mild steel enclosures.

6.15

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

PB1S

C2664SS

E4PBXSS E16PBXSS

E16PBXSS6

Hole Arrangement

E1PBXSS E2PBXSS E3PBXSS

Pushbutton Enclosures

30.5mm 4-Way

30.5mm and 22.5mm Pushbutton Enclosures

Application

Designed to hold 30.5mm or 22.5mm oil-tight

pushbuttons, switches, and pilot lights.

Enclosures provide protection against dirt,

dust, oil, and water.

Construction

• 14 gauge bodies, 16 gauge covers Type 304

or Type 316 stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Captivated cover screws thread into

sealed wells

• Grounding stud in body of enclosure

• 4-way pushbutton holes accept all brands of

oil-tight pushbuttons, switches, and

pilot lights

• Enclosures with more than one column of

pushbutton holes have internal detachable

hinge to hold cover open during wiring, yet

permit immediate removal

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted; cover

and sides of body have smooth #4 brushed

finish.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4X,Type 12 and Type 13

JIC Standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X

and Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Oil-Tight Hole Seals

Pedestals

Tamper Resistant Screws

Enclosure Catalog Number Enclosure Catalog Number

(30.5mm Hole) (22.5mm Hole) Enclosure

Type 304 Type 316 Type 304 Number Size Mounting Overall

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Gauge of Holes A x B x C G x H L x W J T X Y

E1PBSS E1PBSS6 E1PBGSS 16 1 3.50 x 3.25 x 2.75 4.00 x 2.38 4.50 x 3.47 2.31 3.00 1.73 1.86

(89 x 83 x 70) (102 x 60) (114 x 88) (59) (76) (47) (47)

E2PBSS E2PBSS6 E2PBGSS 16 2 5.75 x 3.25 x 2.75 6.25 x 2.38 6.75 x 3.47 2.31 3.00 1.73 1.86

(146 x 83 x 70) (159 x 60) (171 x 88) (59) (76) (44) (47)

E3PBSS E3PBSS6 E3PBGSS 14 3 8.00 x 3.25 x 2.75 8.50 x 2.38 9.00 x 3.47 2.31 3.00 1.73 1.86

(203 x 83 x 70) (216 x 60) (229 x 88) (59) (76) (44) (47)

E4PBSS E4PBSS6 E4PBGSS 14 4 10.25 x 3.25 x 2.75 10.75 x 2.38 11.25 x 3.47 2.31 3.00 1.73 1.86

(260 x 83 x 70) (273 x 60) (286 x 88) (59) (76) (44) (47)

E6PBSS E6PBSS6 E6PBGSS 14 6 9.50 x 6.25 x 3.00 10.00 x 5.38 10.50 x 6.47 2.56 6.00 2.11 2.61

(241 x 159 x 76) (254 x 137) (267 x 164) (65) (152) (54) (66)

E9PBSS E9PBSS6 E9PBGSS 14 9 9.50 x 8.50 x 3.00 10.00 x 7.62 10.50 x 8.72 2.56 8.25 2.11 2.61

(241 x 216 x 76) (254 x 194) (267 x 221) (65) (210) (54) (66)

E12PBSS E12PBSS6 E12PBGSS 14 12 11.75 x 8.50 x 3.00 12.25 x 7.62 12.75 x 8.72 2.56 8.25 2.11 2.61

(298 x 216 x 76) (311 x 194) (324 x 221) (65) (210) (54) (66)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric to inch.

Standard Sizes 30.5mm and 22.5mm Pushbutton Enclosures

See Chapter 2, Operator Interface Enclosure

Systems, for related mild steel enclosures.

6.17

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

PB1S

C2663SS

Hole Arrangement

E1PBSS E2PBSS E3PBSS E4PBSS E6PBSS E9PBSS E12PBSS

E1PBSS6 E2PBSS6 E3PBSS6 E4PBSS6 E6PBSS6 E9PBSS6 E12PBSS6

E1PBGSS E2PBGSS E3PBGSS E4PBGSS E6PBGSS E9PBGSS E12PBGSS

30.5mm 4-Way 22.5mm 4-Way

22.5mm Pushbutton

Stainless Steel Enclosures

Application

Designed to hold 22.5mm oil-tight

pushbuttons, switches, and pilot lights.

Enclosures provide protection against dust,

dirt, oil, and water. Stainless steel enclosures

also afford a high degree of protection in areas

that may be regularly hosed down or are

otherwise exposed to wet conditions.

Construction

• Type 304 16 or 14 gauge stainless

steel enclosures

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth

• Captivated stainless steel cover screws

thread into sealed wells

• Enclosures 8.50 x 4.00 x 4.75 in. (216 x 102

x 121mm)

and larger have internal detachable hinge to

hold cover open during wiring, yet permit

immediate removal

• Grounding nut in body of enclosure

• Oil-resistant gasket provides an effective seal

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted; covers and sides of

body have a smooth #4 brushed finish.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Oil-Tight Hole Seals

Pedestals

Tamper Resistant Screws

Enclosure Enclosure

Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Number Gauge Holes A x B x C G x H L x W F K M T V Y

E1PBGXSS 16 1 4.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 4.50 x 3.13 5.00 x 4.22 3.75 2.00 4.22 3.34 5.00 —

(102 x 102 x 121) (114 x 80) (127 x 107) (95) (51) (85) (85) (0)

E2PBGXSS 14 2 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 6.50 x 3.13 7.00 x 4.22 3.75 4.00 6.22 3.34 5.00 1.98

(152 x 102 x 121) (165 x 80) (178 x 107) (95) (102) (158) (85) (127) (50)

E3PBGXSS 14 3 8.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 8.50 x 3.13 9.00 x 4.22 3.75 6.00 8.22 3.34 5.00 1.86

(203 x 102 x 121) (216 x 80) (229 x 107) (95) (152) (209) (85) (127) (47)

E4PBGXSS 14 4 10.00 x 4.00 x 4.75 10.50 x 3.13 11.00 x 4.22 3.75 8.00 10.22 3.34 5.00 1.73

(254 x 102 x 121) (267 x 80) (270 x 107) (95) (203) (260) (85) (127) (44)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Standard Sizes 22.5mm Pushbutton Stainless Steel Enclosures

6.19

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

PB1S

Hole Arrangement

E1PBGXSS E2PBGXSS E3PBGXSS E4PBGXSS

Pushbutton Enclosures

Rev. A June 2003

Application

The CONCEPT

stainless steel enclosure, with

its streamlined design and Type 4X rating,

is a perfect fit for mounting electrical or

high-tech electronic equipment in a variety of

indoor and outdoor settings. It is typically

used in the following areas where corrosion-

resistant protection is needed: food processing

plants, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities,

petrochemical plants, pulp and paper

processing, and water treatment facilities.

Construction

• Manufactured from 16 or 14 gauge Type 304

or Type 316L stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Minimum width body flange provides

maximum door opening

• Body flange trough excludes liquids

and contaminants

• Panel mounting studs fit optional CONCEPT

panels and other accessories

• Mounting holes in back of body for direct

mounting or for optional external

mounting brackets

• Type 304 stainless steel hidden hinges

promote clean aesthetic appearance

• Standard full access door opening

• Doors are interchangeable and easily

removable by pulling captive hinge pins

• For extra rigidity, door bars furnished on

doors 36.00 x 36.00 in.(914mm) and larger

• Provision on door (except window door

style) for thermoplastic data pocket

• Provision on door (except window door

style) for optional doorstop kit

• Quarter-turn latches (or a 3-point latch

system on larger enclosures) furnished with

flush slotted insert. Optional handles or

inserts are available.

• Window door enclosures have a clear

polycarbonate window mounted flush with

door surface

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides oil-

tight and dust-tight seal against contaminants

• Self-grounding latch system with double seal

provides maximum protection against leakage

• Integral body grounding stud

• Furnished hardware kit consists of panel

mounting nuts, panel grounding hardware, and

sealing washers for wall-mounting holes

• Installation instructions for enclosure and

accessories are provided

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Door and body

have smooth #4 brushed finish.

• Optional CONCEPT

panels are white

painted or zinc-plated.

• Optional NEMA panels are white painted,

zinc-plated, aluminum, or stainless steel.

Industry Standards

Mounting brackets required to meet UL/CSA external

mounting requirements.

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type

12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

VDE IP66

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Data Pocket (except window door style)

DIN3 Rails

Door Stop Kit (except window door style)

Lighting Kits

Mounting Brackets

Panels (see table)

Panels, NEMA

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Thermal Accessories

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel

Wall-Mount Enclosures

Patents:

Combined Handle and Lock Unit

360,345 (U.S.)

DEM 9405854.7 (Germany)

Enclosure Latch 5,509,703 (U.S.)

Hinge System 5,666,695 (U..S.)

Other patents pending.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless steel strap with

galvanized unistrut.

The CONCEPT

Enclosure Group Accessory Selection Guide See Chapter 12, General Accessories: CONCEPT®Enclosure Accessories

Steel or

Stainless Steel

Enclosures

Steel or

Stainless Steel

Window-Door

Enclosures

Flush Mount

Enclosures Two-Door

Enclosures Steel or

Stainless Steel

Disconnect

Enclosures

Steel Panel

Adjustable

Depth

Mounting

Kit

Pole

Mounting

Kit

Mounting

Bracket Kit

Door Stop Kit

Data Pocket

Handles and

Latches

Key Inserts

Mounting

Channels

DIN3

Rail Kit

Grid Straps

Rack

Mounting

Angles

Swing-Out

Panel

Conversion Kit

Swing-Out

Rack Frame

Dead Front

Kit

Internal Accessories Door Accessories External Accessories

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

CWS

Type 304 Type 316L

Catalog Catalog Door Body Enclosure Size * CONCEPT®Panel Panel Size Mounting Latches

Number Number Gauge Gauge A x B x C Catalog Number D x E G x H qty style J

CSD12126SS CSD12126SS6 16 16 12.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 CP1212 10.20 x 10.20 10.50 x 10.50 1 Quarter-turn 6.00

(305 x 305 x 152) (259 x 259) (267 x 267) (152)

CSD16126SS CSD16126SS6 16 16 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 CP1612 14.20 x 10.20 14.50 x 10.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 305 x 152) (361 x 259) (368 x 267) (203)

CSD16166SS CSD16166SS6 16 16 16.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 CP1616 14.20 x 14.20 14.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 406 x 152) (361 x 361) (368 x 368) (203)

CSD20166SS CSD20166SS6 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.50 18.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 152) (462 x 361) (470 x 368) (254)

CSD20206SS CSD20206SS6 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 152) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (254)

CSD16128SS CSD16128SS6 16 16 16.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 CP1612 14.20 x 10.20 14.50 x 10.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 305 x 203) (361 x 259) (368 x 267) (203)

CSD16168SS CSD16168SS6 16 16 16.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 CP1616 14.20 x 14.20 14.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 406 x 203) (361 x 361) (368 x 368) (203)

CSD16208SS CSD16208SS6 16 16 16.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 14.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 508 x 203) (462 x 361) (368 x 470) (203)

CSD20168SS CSD20168SS6 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 18.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 203) (462 x 361) (470 x 368) (254)

CSD20208SS CSD20208SS6 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 203) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (254)

CSD24168SS CSD24168SS6 16 16 24.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 CP2416 22.20 x 14.20 22.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 406 x 203) (564 x 361) (572 x 368) (305)

CSD24208SS CSD24208SS6 16 16 24.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 22.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 508 x 203) (564 x 462) (572 x 470) (305)

CSD24248SS CSD24248SS6 14 16 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 610 x 203) (564 x 564) (572 x 572) (127)

CSD30248SS CSD30248SS6 14 16 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 8.00) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (127)

CSD30308SS CSD30308SS6 14 14 30.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 CP3030 28.20 x 28.20 28.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 762 x 203) (716 x 716) (724 x 724) (127)

CSD36248SS CSD36248SS6 14 16 36.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 CP3624 34.20 x 22.20 34.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 610 x 203) (869 x 564) (876 x 572) (127)

CSD36308SS CSD36308SS6 14 14 36.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 CP3630 34.20 x 28.20 34.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 762 x 203) (869 x 716) (876 x 724) (127)

CSD161210SS CSD161210SS6 16 16 16.00 x 12.00 x 10.00 CP1612 14.20 x 10.20 14.50 x 10.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 305 x 254) (361 x 259) (368 x 267) (203)

CSD161610SS CSD161610SS6 16 16 16.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 CP1616 14.20 x 14.20 14.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 406 x 254) (361 x 361) (368 x 368) (203)

CSD162010SS CSD162010SS6 16 16 16.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 14.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 508 x 254) (462 x 361) (368 x 470) (203)

CSD201610SS CSD201610SS6 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 18.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 254) (462 x 361) 470 x 368) (254)

CSD202010SS CSD202010SS6 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 254) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (254)

CSD202410SS CSD202410SS6 16 16 20.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 22.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 610 x 254) (564 x 462) (470 x 572) (254)

CSD241610SS CSD241610SS6 16 16 24.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 CP2416 22.20 x 14.20 22.50 x 14.50 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 406 x 254) (564 x 361) (572 x 368) (305)

CSD242010SS CSD242010SS6 16 16 24.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 22.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 508 x 254) (564 x 462) (572 x 470) (305)

CSD242410SS CSD242410SS6 14 16 24.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 610 x 254) (564 x 564) (572 x 572) (127)

CSD243010SS CSD243010SS6 14 16 24.00 x 30.00 x 10.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 762 x 254) (716 x 564) (572 x 724) (127)

CSD302010SS CSD302010SS6 14 16 30.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP3020 28.20 x 18.20 28.50 x 18.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 508 x 254) (716 x 462) (724 x 470) (127)

CSD302410SS CSD302410SS6 14 16 30.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 254) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (127)

CSD303010SS CSD303010SS6 14 14 30.00 x 30.00 x 10.00 CP3030 28.20 x 28.20 28.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 762 x 254) (716 x 716) (724 x 724) (127)

CSD362410SS CSD362410SS6 14 16 36.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP3624 34.20 x 22.20 34.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 610 x 254) (869 x 564) (876 x 572) (127)

CSD363010SS CSD363010SS6 14 14 36.00 x 30.00 x 10.00 CP3630 34.20 x 28.20 34.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 762 x 254) (869 x 716) (876 x 724) (127)

CSD363610SS CSD363610SS6 14 14 36.00 x 36.00 x 10.00 CP3636 34.20 x 34.20 34.50 x 34.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 914 x 254) (869 x 869) (876 x 876) (127

CSD423610SS CSD423610SS6 14 14 42.00 x 36.00 x 10.00 CP4236 40.20 x 34.20 40.50 x 34.50 1 3-point. 21.00

(1067 x 762 x 254) (1021 x 869) (1029 x 876) (533)

Standard Sizes CONCEPT®Stainless Steel Single-Door Wall-Mount Enclosures

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel

Wall-Mount Enclosures

Continued on next page

6.23

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Standard Sizes CONCEPT®Stainless Steel Single-Door Wall-Mount Enclosures (Cont.)

Type 304 Type 316L

Catalog Catalog Door Body Enclosure Size * CONCEPT®Panel Panel Size Mounting Latches

Number Number Gauge Gauge A x B x C Catalog Number D x E G x H qty style J

CSD482410SS CSD482410SS6 14 14 48.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP4824 46.20 x 22.20 46.50 x 22.50 1 3-point 24.00

(1219 x 610 x 254) (1173 x 564) (1181 x 572) (610)

CSD483610SS CSD483610SS6 14 14 48.00 x 36.00 x 10.00 CP4836 46.20 x 34.20 46.50 x 34.50 1 3-point 24.00

(1219 x 762 x 254) (1173 x 869) (1181 x 876) (610)

CSD603610SS CSD603610SS6 14 14 60.00 x 36.00 x 10.00 CP6036 58.20 x 34.20 58.50 x 34.50 1 3-point 30.00

(1524 x 914 x 254) (1478 x 869) (1486 x 876) (762)

CSD202012SS CSD202012SS6 14 14 20.00 x 20.00 x 12.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 305) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (254)

CSD242412SS CSD242412SS6 14 14 24.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 610 x 305) (564 x 564) (572 x 572) (127)

CSD302412SS CSD302412SS6 14 14 30.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 305) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (127)

CSD362412SS CSD362412SS6 14 14 36.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 CP3624 34.20 x 22.20 34.50 x 22.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 610 x 305) (869 x 564) (876 x 572) (127)

CSD363012SS CSD363012SS6 14 14 36.00 x 30.00 x 12.00 CP3630 34.20 x 28.20 34.50 x 28.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 762 x 305) (869 x 716) (876 x 724) (127)

CSD363612SS CSD363612SS6 14 14 36.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 CP3636 34.20 x 34.20 34.50 x 34.50 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(914 x 914 x 305) (869 x 869) (876 x 876) (127)

CSD423612SS CSD423612SS6 14 14 42.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 CP4236 40.20 x 34.20 40.50 x 34.50 1 3-point 21.00

(1067 x 914 x 305) (1021 x 869) (1029 x 876) (533)

CSD483612SS CSD483612SS6 14 14 48.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 CP4836 46.20 x 34.20 46.50 x 34.50 1 3-point 24.00

(1219 x 914 x 305) (1173 x 869) (1181 x 876) (610)

CSD603612SS CSD603612SS6 14 14 60.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 CP6036 58.20 x 34.20 58.50 x 34.50 1 3-point 30.00

(1524 x 914 x 305) (869 x 462) (1486 x 876) (762)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional zinc-plated CONCEPT

panels available for most sizes. Optional NEMA size steel and stainless steel panels require conversion kit catalog number

CCPM4 (see Chapter 12, General Accessories).

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 22.20 in. (564mm). CP2420 and CP2424 have a flange on all four sides.

■CONCEPT

Stainless Steel Single-Door Wall-Mount Enclosures

Single-Door Enclosure with

Quarter-turn Latching

Bulletin

CWS

Single-Door Enclosure with

3-Point Latching

For Section Y-Y see page 6.25.

Data Pockets for Solid Door Enclosures

Enclosure Size

A B Pocket

Any 12.00 None

(305)

<30.00 >12 and <20.00 Small

(762) (305) (508)

>30.00 >20.00 Large

(762) (508)

Rev. A June 2003

Type 304 Door Body Enclosure Size *CONCEPT®Panel Panel Size Mounting Window Size Latches

Catalog Number Gauge Gauge A x B x C Catalog Number D x E G x H M x N qty style J

CSD12126WSS 16 16 12.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 CP1212 10.20 x 10.20 10.50 x 10.50 8.74 x 7.10 1 Quarter-turn 6.00

(305 x 305 x 152) (259 x 259) (267 x 267) (222 x 180) (152)

CSD16126WSS 16 16 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 CP1612 14.20 x 10.20 14.50 x 10.50 12.74 x 7.10 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 305 x 152) (361 x 259) (368 x 267) (324 x 180) (203)

CSD20166WSS 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 18.50 x 14.50 16.74 x 11.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 152) (462 x 361) (470 x 368) (425 x 282) (254)

CSD20206WSS 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 16.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 152) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (425 x 384) (254)

CSD20168WSS 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 18.50 x 14.50 16.74 x 11.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 203) (462 x 361) (470 x 368) (425 x 282) (254)

CSD20208WSS 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 16.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 203) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (425 x 384) (254)

CSD24208WSS 16 16 24.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 22.50 x 18.50 20.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 508 x 203) (564 x 462) (572 x 470) (527 x 384) (305)

CSD24248WSS 14 16 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 22.50 20.74 x 17.68 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 610 x 203) (564 x 564) (572 x 572) (527 x 449) (127)

CSD30248WSS 14 16 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 26.74 x 17.68 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 203) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (679 x 449) (127)

CSD161210WSS 16 16 16.00 x 12.00 x 10.00 CP1612 14.20 x 10.20 14.50 x 10.50 12.74 x 7.10 1 Quarter-turn 8.00

(406 x 305 x 203) (361 x 259) (368 x 267) (324 x 180) (203)

CSD201610WSS 16 16 20.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 CP2016 18.20 x 14.20 18.50 x 14.50 16.74 x 11.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 406 x 203) (462 x 361) (470 x 368) (425 x 282) (254)

CSD202010WSS 16 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 16.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 203) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (425 x 384) (254)

CSD242010WSS 16 16 24.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 22.50 x 18.50 20.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 12.00

(610 x 508 x 203) (564 x 462) (572 x 470) (527 x 384) (305)

CSD242410WSS 14 16 24.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 22.50 x 22.50 20.74 x 17.68 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(610 x 610 x 203) (564 x 564) (572 x 572) (527 x 449) (127)

CSD302410WSS 14 16 30.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 26.74 x 17.68 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 203) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (679 x 449) (127)

CSD202012WSS 14 16 20.00 x 20.00 x 12.00 CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 18.50 x 18.50 16.74 x 15.10 1 Quarter-turn 10.00

(508 x 508 x 305) (462 x 462) (470 x 470) (425 x 384) (254)

CSD302412WSS 14 16 30.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 28.50 x 22.50 26.74 x 17.68 2 Quarter-turn 5.00

(762 x 610 x 305) (716 x 564) (724 x 572) (679 x 449) (127)

Standard Sizes CONCEPT®Stainless Steel Single-Door Wall-Mount Enclosures with Windows

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional zinc-plated CONCEPT

panels available for most sizes. Optional NEMA size steel and stainless steel panels require conversion kit catalog number

CCPM4 (see Chapter 12, General Accessories).

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 22.20 in. (564mm). CP2420 and CP2424 have a flange on all four sides.

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel

Wall-Mount Enclosures

6.25

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Window Door Enclosure with

Quarter-turn Latching

■CONCEPT

Stainless Steel Single-Door Wall-Mount Enclosures with Windows

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

CWS

Application

Provides unmatched protection for housing

electrical components in highly corrosive

environments. This enclosure is used in indoor

and outdoor settings that are frequently wet

or have constant exposure to water, other

liquids, or contaminants.

A wide variety of Type 316L stainless steel

enclosures are available for applications

requiring the additional protection of Type

316L material.

Construction

• 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L stainless

steel bodies and doors

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Rolled lip around three sides of door and all

sides of enclosure opening excludes liquids

and contaminants

• Stainless steel door clamp assembly assures

watertight seal

• Hasp and staple for padlocking

• Door removed by pulling stainless steel

continuous hinge pin

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Collar studs provided for mounting

optional panels

• Exterior hardware on Type 316L stainless

steel enclosures matches enclosure material

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Door, sides, top, and

bottom have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4 ,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type

4X,Type 12, and Type 13

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Electrical Interlocks

Fast Operating Clamp Assembly

Lighting Packages

Panel Support Kit

Panels (see order number table)

Rack Mounting Angle Kit

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Thermal Accessories

Window Kit

Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.27

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

* Steel Panel * Stainless Steel

Catalog Number Catalog Number Enclosure Size Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size Clamps Data

Type 304 Type 316L A x B x C Number Number D x E F qty Pocket

A16H1206SSLP A16H1206SS6LP 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A16P12 A16P12SS6 13.00 x 9.00 1.25 4 Small

(406 x 305 x 152) (330 x 229) (32)

A16H1606SSLP A16H1606SS6LP 16.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 A16P16 A16P16SS6 13.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(406 x 406 x 152) (330 x 330) (76)

A16H2006SSLP A16H2006SS6LP 16.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A20P16 A20P16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(406 x 508 x 152) (432 x 330) (76)

A20H1606SSLP A20H1606SS6LP 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 A20P16 A20P16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(508 x 406 x 152) (432 x 330) (76)

A20H2006SSLP A20H2006SS6LP 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A20P20 A20P20SS6 17.00 x 17.00 3.00 4 Small

(508 x 508 x 152) (432 x 432) (76)

A24H2006SSLP A24H2006SS6LP 24.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A24P20 A24P20SS6 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 508 x 152) (533 x 432) (76)

A24H2406SSLP A24H2406SS6LP 24.00 x 24.00 x 6.00 A24P24 A24P24SS6 21.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 610 x 152) (533 x 533) (76)

A16H1208SSLP A16H1208SS6LP 16.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 A16P12 A16P12SS6 13.00 x 9.00 1.25 4 Small

(406 x 305 x 203) (330 x 229) (32)

A20H1608SSLP A20H1608SS6LP 20.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 A20P16 A20P16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(508 x 406 x 203) (432 x 330) (76)

A20H2008SSLP A20H2008SS6LP 20.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A20P20 A20P20SS6 17.00 x 17.00 3.00 4 Small

(508 x 508 x 203) (432 x 432) (76)

A20H2408SSLP A20H2408SS6LP 20.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 A24P20 A24P20SS6 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small

(508 x 610 x 203) (533 x 432) (76)

A24H1608SSLP A24H1608SS6LP 24.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 A24P16 A24P16SS6 21.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(610 x 406 x 203) (533 x 330) (76)

A24H2008SSLP A24H2008SS6LP 24.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A24P20 A24P20SS6 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 508 x 203) (533 x 432) (76)

A24H2408SSLP A24H2408SS6LP 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 A24P24 A24P24SS6 21.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 610 x 203) (533 x 533) (76)

A24H3008SSLP A24H3008SS6LP 24.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 A30P24 A30P24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 3.00 7 Large

(610 x 762 x 203) (686 x 533) (76)

A30H2008SSLP A30H2008SS6LP 30.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A30P20 A30P20SS6 27.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small

(762 x 508 x 203) (686 x 432) (76)

A30H2408SSLP A30H2408SS6LP 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 A30P24 A30P24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(762 x 610 x 203) (686 x 533) (76)

A30H3008SSLP A30H3008SS6LP 30.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 A30P30 A30P30SS6 27.00 x 27.00 3.00 7 Large

(762 x 762 x 203) (686 x 686) (76)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures

Continued on next page

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A4S

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional aluminum and composite panels are available for many sizes. See General Accessories.

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 21.00 in. (564mm). Panel A24P20 has a flange on all four sides.

* Steel Panel * Stainless Steel

Catalog Number Catalog Number Enclosure Size Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size Clamps Data

Type 304 Type 316L A x B x C Number Number D x E F qty Pocket

A36H2408SSLP A36H2408SS6LP 36.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 A36P24 A36P24SS6 33.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(914 x 610 x 203) (838 x 533) (76)

A36H3008SSLP A36H3008SS6LP 36.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 A36P30 A36P30SS6 33.00 x 27.00 3.00 7 Large

(914 x 762 x 203) (838 x 686) (76)

A42H3608SSLP A42H3608SS6LP 42.00 x 36.00 x 8.00 A42P36 A42P36SS6 39.00 x 33.00 3.00 8 Large

(1067 x 914 x 203) (991 x 838) (76)

A48H3608SSLP A48H3608SS6LP 48.00 x 36.00 x 8.00 A48P36 A48P36SS6 45.00 x 33.00 3.00 8 Large

(1219 x 914 x 203) (1143 x 838) (76)

A20H1610SSLP A20H1610SS6LP 20.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 A20P16 A20P16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small

(508 x 406 x 254) (432 x 330) (76)

A24H2010SSLP A24H2010SS6LP 24.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 A24P20 A24P20SS6 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 508 x 254) (533 x 432) (76)

A30H2410SSLP A30H2410SS6LP 30.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 A30P24 A30P24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(762 x 610 x 254) (686 x 533) (76)

A36H2410SSLP A36H2410SS6LP 36.00 x 24.00 x 10.00 A36P24 A36P24SS6 33.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(914 x 610 x 254) (838 x 533) (76)

A36H3010SSLP A36H3010SS6LP 36.00 x 30.00 x 10.00 A36P30 A36P30SS6 33.00 x 27.00 3.00 7 Large

(914 x 762 x 254) (838 x 686) (76)

A42H3010SSLP A42H3010SS6LP 42.00 x 30.00 x 10.00 A42P30 A42P30SS6 39.00 x 27.00 3.00 8 Large

(1067 x 762 x 254) (991 x 686) (76)

A48H3610SSLP A48H3610SS6LP 48.00 x 36.00 x 10.00 A48P36 A48P36SS6 45.00 x 33.00 3.00 8 Large

(1219 x 914 x 254) (1143 x 838) (76)

A24H2412SSLP A24H2412SS6LP 24.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 A24P24 A24P24SS6 21.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Small

(610 x 610 x 305) (533 x 533) (76)

A30H2412SSLP A30H2412SS6LP 30.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 A30P24 A30P24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(762 x 610 x 305) (686 x 533) (76)

A36H3012SSLP A36H3012SS6LP 36.00 x 30.00 x 12.00 A36P30 A36P30SS6 33.00 x 27.00 3.00 7 Large

(914 x 762 x 305) (838 x 686) (76)

A36H3612SSLP A36H3612SS6LP 36.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 A36P36 A36P36SS6 33.00 x 33.00 3.00 7 Large

(914 x 914 x 305) (838 x 838) (76)

A48H3612SSLP A48H3612SS6LP 48.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 A48P36 A48P36SS6 45.00 x 33.00 3.00 8 Large

(1219 x 914 x 305) (1143 x 838) (76)

A60H3612SSLP A60H3612SS6LP 60.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 A60P36 A60P36SS6 57.00 x 33.00 3.00 9 Large

(1524 x 914 x 305) (1448 x 838) (76)

A30H2416SSLP A30H2416SS6LP 30.00 x 24.00 x 16.00 A30P24 A30P24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Large

(762 x 610 x 406) (686 x 533) (76)

A36H3016SSLP A36H3016SS6LP 36.00 x 30.00 x 16.00 A36P30 A36P30SS6 33.00 x 27.00 3.00 7 Large

(914 x 762 x 406) (838 x 686) (76)

A48H3616SSLP A48H3616SS6LP 48.00 x 36.00 x 16.00 A48P36 A48P36SS6 45.00 x 33.00 3.00 8 Large

(1219 x 914 x 406) (1143 x 838) (76)

A60H3616SSLP A60H3616SS6LP 60.00 x 36.00 x 16.00 A60P36 A60P36SS6 57.00 x 33.00 3.00 9 Large

(1524 x 914 x 406) (1448 x 838) (76)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures (Cont.)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional aluminum and composite panels are available for many sizes. See General Accessories.

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 21.00 in. (564mm). Panel A24P20 has a flange on all four sides.

Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures

6.29

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Removable data pocket included (see table for size). Large data pocket 12.00 x 12.00 in.

(305 x 305mm); small data pocket 6.00 x 6.00 in. (152 x 152mm).

2. Maximum spacing between door clamps is 15.00 in. (382mm).

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A4S

Rev. A June 2003

Application

Intended for use housing electrical and

electronic controls, instruments, components,

and associated wiring, these enclosures

incorporate double-hinged doors that provide

convenient access. Three-point latching and

sealing provide protection from dust, dirt, oil,

and water.

Construction

• 14 gauge Type 304 stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Body stiffeners in larger enclosures for

extra rigidity

• Rolled lip around all sides of enclosure door

opening excludes liquids and contaminants

• Gasketed overlapping doors eliminate need

for center post

• External mounting brackets

• Plated steel 3-point latching mechanism and

keylocking handle

• Latch rods have rollers for easier door closing

• Doors easily removed by pulling heavy gauge

continuous hinge pin

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Oil-resistant door gasket attached with oil-

resistant adhesive and held in place with steel

retaining strips

• Collar studs provided for mounting

optional panels

• Ground studs in body of enclosure

• Bonding provision on doors

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Sides and body have

smooth #4 brushed finish. Optional steel panels

are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP55

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Electrical Interlocks

Floor Stand Kit

Lighting Kit

Mounting Brackets

Panel Support Kit

Panels (see table)

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Thermal Accessories

Window Kit

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C * Panel Panel Panel Size D x E Y

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) Catalog Number Gauge inch (mm) inch (mm)

A244208WFSSLP 24.00 x 42.00 x 8.00 (610 x 1067 x 203) A42P24 12 39.00 x 21.00 (991 x 533) 1.50 (38)

A244808WFSSLP 24.00 x 48.00 x 8.00 (610 x 1219 x 203) A48P24 12 45.00 x 21.00 (1143 x 533) 1.50 (38)

A304210WFSSLP 30.00 x 42.00 x 10.00 (762 x 1067 x 254) A42P30 12 39.00 x 27.00 (991 x 686) 1.50 (38)

A304810WFSSLP 30.00 x 48.00 x 10.00 (762 x 1219 x 254) A48P30 12 45.00 x 27.00 (1143 x 686) 1.50 (38)

A306010WFSSLP 30.00 x 60.00 x 10.00 (762 x 1524 x 254) A60P30 12 57.00 x 27.00 (1448 x 686) 1.50 (38)

A364212WFSSLP 36.00 x 42.00 x 12.00 (914 x 1067 x 305) A42P36 12 39.00 x 33.00 (991 x 838) 1.50 (38)

A364812WFSSLP 36.00 x 48.00 x 12.00 (914 x 1219 x 305) A48P36 12 45.00 x 33.00 (1143 x 838) 1.50 (38)

A366012WFSSLP 36.00 x 60.00 x 12.00 (914 x 1524 x 305) A60P36 12 57.00 x 33.00 (1448 x 838) 1.50 (38)

†A424212WFSSLP 42.00 x 42.00 x 12.00 (1067 x 1067 x 305) A42P42 12 39.00 x 39.00 (991 x 991) 1.50 (38)

†A424812WFSSLP 42.00 x 48.00 x 12.00 (1067 x 1219 x 305) A48P42 12 45.00 x 39.00 (1143 x 991) 1.50 (38)

†A426012WFSSALP 42.00 x 60.00 x 12.00 (1067 x 1524 x 305) A60BFP42 10 56.00 x 38.00 (1422 x 965) 2.00 (51)

†† A484812WFSSLP 48.00 x 48.00 x 12.00 (1219 x 1219 x 305) A48P48 10 44.00 x 44.00 (1118 x 1118) 2.00 (51)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Two Door Wall-Mount Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

† Enclosure backs have internal stiffeners.

††

Back is 10 gauge.

Stainless Steel Two-Door Wall-Mount

Type 12 Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. B September 2003

6.31

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: Right door has large removable 12.00 x 12.00 in.

(305 x 305mm) data pocket. Exception: 24 x 24 in.

and 24 x 28 in. sizes have small 6.00 x 6.00 in.

(152 x 152mm) data pocket.

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A12S

Rev. A June 2003

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted. Sides

and body have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Optional steel panels are white. Handle is zinc

die-cast with black textured polyester powder

paint.

Industry Standards

Mounting brackets required to meet UL/CSA external

mounting reqiurement.

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12 and Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

VDE, IP66

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Blank Adapter Plate

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electric Heater

Fan Cooling Products

Lighting Kit

Mounting Brackets

Panels (see table)

Window Kit

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel

Disconnect Wall-Mount Enclosures

Application

Designed to house the following:

◆Allen-Bradley

• Bulletin 1494V disconnect switches with

flange-mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms and Bulletin 1494V flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

• Bulletin 140U flexible cable operating

mechanisms for 140U molded case circuit

breakers.

Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1494V-R1, -R2, and

-W2 operating handles and Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 1494F disconnect devices or Bulletin

1494D circuit breaker operators will not fit

these enclosures.

◆ABB Controls flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms for disconnects

and circuit breakers.

◆Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

Type C361 flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms with disconnect

switches and Type C371 flange-mounted

variable depth operating mechanisms for

circuit breakers.Also Flex Shaft™handle

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

◆General Electric Type STDA flange

handles and variable depth operating

mechanisms for disconnect switches and

circuit breakers.Also Spectra Flex™cable

operators for circuit breakers.

◆ Siemens ITE Max-Flex™flange-mounted

variable depth operating handle for

disconnect switches and circuit breakers as

well as some fixed depth operators for

disconnect switches.

◆Square D Class 9422 disconnect switches

with flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms or cable mechanisms

and Class 9422 flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms or cable

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

Furnished with enclosures

1. Cover interlock bracket welded to door

2. Door latching system (2-point or 3-point)

installed on door

3. Instructions to locate and install

disconnect

4. Hardware kit consisting of padlocking

door handle, panel mounting nuts,

grounding hardware, and sealing washers

for mounting holes Ordering a Disconnect?

Consult the Technical Information section of this

catalog for wire bend information and

hoffmanonline.com for disconnect manufacturer

information. Disconnect switch (or circuit

breakers), operating handle, and operating

mechanism are not furnished with the

enclosure.

Disconnect enclosures are provided with door

hardware and accept popular disconnect brands.

Note

Consult Space Occupied by Disconnect

drawing on the following pages to

determine whether the disconnect device

you are using will fit the enclosure size

you have selected.

These enclosures will not accept Square D

Class 9422 bracket-mounted disconnect

devices, Class 9422TG1, or TG2 devices.

Construction

• 16 gauge or 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316

stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Door opening flange trough excludes liquids

and contaminants

• Integral body grounding stud

• Holes provided in body for mounting

disconnect operating handle and

operating mechanism

• Panel mounting studs fit optional

CONCEPT

panels and other accessories

• Mounting holes in back of body for direct

mounting or for optional external

mounting brackets

• Hidden hinges for clean aesthetic appearance

• Standard full-access door opening

• Doors are interchangeable and easily

removable by pulling captive hinge pins

• Door bar on hinge side for wire management

and grounding

• Additional door bar on larger enclosures for

extra rigidity

• Provisions on door for optional high-impact

thermoplastic data pocket

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides oil-

tight and dust-tight seal

against contaminants

• Latching system interlocks with the

disconnect handle for added safety

• Unique integral door handle with tool-to-

open feature and padlocking option installed

on door

• Self-grounding latch system with double seal

provides maximum protection against leakage

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.33

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

CWS

Stainless Steel Disconnect Wall-Mount

Standard Sizes CONCEPT®Stainless Steel Disconnect Wall-Mount Enclosures

C2510-1

Enclosure Enclosure * CONCEPT®

Catalog Catalog Panel

Number Number Door Body Enclosure Size A x B x C Catalog Panel Size D x E Mounting G x H Latches J

Type 304 Type 316 Ga. Ga. inch (millimeter) Number inch (mm) inch (mm) qty style inch (mm)

CDSC20228SS CDSC20228SS6 14 16 20.00 x 22.00 x 8.00 (508 x 559 x 203) CP2020 18.20 x 18.20 (462 x 462) 18.50 x 20.50 (470 x 521) 1 2-point 5.00 (127)

CDSC24228SS CDSC24228SS6 14 16 24.00 x 22.00 x 8.00 (610 x 559 x 203) CP2420 22.20 x 18.20 (564 x 462) 22.50 x 20.50 (572 x 521) 1 2-point 6.00 (152)

CDSC24268SS CDSC24268SS6 14 16 24.00 x 26.00 x 8.00 (610 x 660 x 203) CP2424 22.20 x 22.20 (564 x 564) 22.50 x 24.50 (572 x 622) 1 2-point 6.00 (152)

CDSC30268SS CDSC30268SS6 14 16 30.00 x 26.00 x 8.00 (762 x 660 x 203) CP3024 28.20 x 22.20 (716 x 564) 28.50 x 24.50 (724 x 622) 1 2-point 6.00 (152)

CDSC36268SS CDSC36268SS6 14 14 36.00 x 26.00 x 8.00 (914 x 660 x 203) CP3624 34.20 x 22.20 (869 x 564) 34.50 x 24.50 (876 x 622) 1 2-point 6.00 (152)

CDSC36328SS CDSC36328SS6 14 14 36.00 x 32.00 x 8.00 (914 x 813 x 203) CP3630 34.20 x 28.20 (869 x 716) 34.50 x 30.50 (869 x 775) 1 2-point 6.00 (152)

CDSC423212SS CDSC423212SS6 14 14 42.00 x 32.00 x 12.00 (1067 x 813 x 305) CP4230 40.20 x 28.20 (1021 x 716) 40.50 x 30.50 (1029 x 775) 1 3-point 21.00 (533)

CDSC423812SS CDSC423812SS6 14 14 42.00 x 38.00 x 12.00 (1067 x 965 x 305) CP4236 40.20 x 34.20 (1021 x 869) 40.50 x 36.50 (1029 x 927) 1 3-point 21.00 (533)

CDSC483812SS CDSC483812SS6 14 14 48.00 x 38.00 x 12.00 (1219 x 965 x 305) CP4836 46.20 x 34.20 (1173 x 869) 46.50 x 36.50 (1181 x 927) 1 3-point 24.00 (610)

CDSC603812SS CDSC603812SS6 14 14 60.00 x 38.00 x 12.00 (1524 x 965 x 305) CP6036 58.20 x 34.20 (1478 x 869) 58.50 x 36.50 (1486 x 927) 1 3-point 30.00 (762)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

NOTE: Door has provision for data pocket. Use

large data pocket when A=30.00 in.

(762mm) or more and B=22.00 in.

(559mm) or more.

C210-2

Space Occupied by Disconnect

NOTE: E1 = 4.75 (121) when C = 8.00 (203)

E1 = 11.62 (294) when C = 12.00 (305)

W1 = Wiring Space

Disconnects will occupy space on panel

shown by dimensions E1, F1, and G1.

Wiring space W1 is available when

disconnect is installed in the enclosure.

Refer to National Electrical Code®2002

article 430-10(b) for wiring space required

for line side conductors to be connected to

disconnect. Verify your application to

determine whether wiring space is

adequate.

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel

Disconnect Wall-Mount Enclosures

Consult disconnect

manufacturer or see

Disconnect Ordering

Information at

hoffmanonline.com for

F1, G1, and W1

dimensions of various

brands of disconnects.

6.35

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

The CONCEPT®Enclosure Group Accessory Selection Guide

Steel or

Stainless Steel

Enclosures

Steel or

Stainless Steel

Window-Door

Enclosures

Flush-Mount

Enclosures Two-Door

Enclosures Steel or Stainless

Steel Disconnect

Enclosures

Internal Accessories Door Accessories External Accessories

Steel Panel

Swing-Out

Panel

Conversion

Kit

Swing-Out

Rack Frame

Dead Front

Kit

Door Stop Kit

Data Pocket

Handles and

Latches

Key

Inserts

Adjustable

Depth

Mounting

Kit

Mounting

Channels

DIN3 Rail

Kit

Grid Straps

Rack

Mounting

Angles

Mounting

Bracket

Kit

Bulletin

CWS

Stainless Steel Disconnect Wall-Mount

Stainless steel strap with

galvanized unistrut.

Pole

Mounting

Kit

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Blank Adapter Plate

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electric Heater

Electrical Interlocks

Floor Stand Kit

Lighting Kit

Mounting Brackets

Panels (see table)

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Bulletin A19 enclosures will not accept Square

D Class 9422 bracket-mounted disconnect

devices, 9422TG1or TG2 devices.

Construction

• 14 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L stainless

steel.

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• External mounting brackets

• Rolled lip around all sides of enclosure

opening excludes liquids and contaminants

• All exterior hardware is stainless steel

• Stainless steel door clamps on three sides of

door for watertight seal; additional door

hardware not required

• Door removed by pulling stainless steel

continuous hinge pin

• Data pocket is high impact thermoplastic

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Collar studs provided for mounting

optional panels

• Holes provided in body for mounting

disconnect operating handle and

operating mechanism

• Bonding provision on door

• All exterior hardware on Type 316L

enclosures matches the enclosure material

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted. Sides

and body have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Optional steel panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type

4X,Type 12, and Type 13

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Furnished with enclosures

1. Bracket welded to door for attaching

disconnect door catch (interlock)

2. Instructions to locate and install

disconnect switches, circuit breakers,

and operating mechanisms

Ordering a Disconnect?

Consult the Technical Information section of this

catalog for wire bend information and

hoffmanonline.com for disconnect manufacturer

information. Disconnect switch (or circuit

breakers), operating handle, and operating

mechanism are not furnished with enclosure.

Application

Designed to house the following:

◆Allen-Bradley

• Bulletin 1494V disconnect switches with

flange-mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms and Bulletin 1494V flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

• Bulletin 140U flexible cable operating

mechanisms for 140U molded case circuit

breakers.

Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1494V-R1, -R2, and

-W2 operating handles and Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 1494F disconnect devices or Bulletin

1494D circuit breaker operators will not fit

these enclosures.

◆ABB Controls flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms for disconnect

switches and circuit breakers.

◆Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

Type C361 flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms with disconnect

switches and Type C371 flange-mounted

variable depth operating mechanisms for

circuit breakers. Flex Shaft™handle

operators for circuit breakers.

◆General Electric Type STDA flange

handles and variable depth operating

mechanisms for disconnect switches and

circuit breakers.Also Spectra Flex™cable

operators for circuit breakers.

◆ Siemens ITE Max-Flex™flange-mounted

variable depth operating handle for

disconnect switches and circuit breakers as

well as some fixed depth operators for

disconnect switches.

◆Square D Class 9422 disconnect switches

with flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms or cable mechanisms

and Class 9422 flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms or cable

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

Note

Consult Space Occupied by Disconnect

drawing on the following pages to

determine whether the disconnect device

you are using will fit the enclosure size

you have selected..

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures

for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Rev. A June 2003

6.37

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Enclosure Enclosure Size * Panel Catalog Panel Size Data Number of

Catalog Number A x B x C Number D x E Pocket Clamps

A24HS2108SSLP 24.00 x 21.38 x 8.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 Small 5

(610 x 543 x 203) (533 x 432)

A24HS2508SSLP 24.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 Small 5

(610 x 645 x 203) (533 x 533)

A30HS2508SSLP 30.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 Large 5

(762 x 645 x 203) (686 x 533)

A36HS2508SSLP 36.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A36P24 33.00 x 21.00 Large 5

(914 x 645 x 203) (838 x 533)

A36HS3108SSLP 36.00 x 31.38 x 8.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 Large 7

(914 x 797 x 203) (838 x 686)

A42HS3112SSLP 42.00 x 31.38 x 12.00 A42P30 39.00 x 27.00 Large 10

(1067 x 797 x 305) (991 x 686)

A42HS3712SSLP 42.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A42P36 39.00 x 33.00 Large 10

(1067 x 949 x 305) (991 x 838)

A48HS3712SSLP 48.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 Large 10

(1219 x 949 x 305) (1143 x 838)

A60HS3712SSLP 60.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 Large 11

(1524 x 949 x 305) (1448 x 838)

Enclosure Enclosure Size * Panel Catalog Panel Size Data Number of

Catalog Number A x B x C Number D x E Pocket Clampsy

A24HS2108SS6LP 24.00 x 21.38 x 8.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 Small 5

(610 x 543 x 203) (533 x 432)

A24HS2508SS6LP 24.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 Small 5

(610 x 645 x 203) (533 x 533)

A30HS2508SS6LP 30.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 Large 5

(762 x 645 x 203) (686 x 533)

A36HS2508SS6LP 36.00 x 25.38 x 8.00 A36P24 33.00 x 21.00 Large 5

(914 x 645 x 203) (838 x 533)

A36HS3108SS6LP 36.00 x 31.38 x 8.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 Large 7

(914 x 797 x 203) (838 x 686)

A42HS3112SS6LP 42.00 x 31.38 x 12.00 A42P30 39.00 x 27.00 Large 10

(1067 x 797 x 305) (991 x 686)

A42HS3712SS6LP 42.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A42P36 39.00 x 33.00 Large 10

(1067 x 949 x 305) (991 x 838)

A48HS3712SS6LP 48.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 Large 10

(1219 x 949 x 305) (1143 x 838)

A60HS3712SS6LP 60.00 x 37.38 x 12.00 A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 Large 11

(1524 x 949 x 305) (1448 x 838)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel or aluminum panels are available. See General Accessories.

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 21.00 in. (564mm). Panels A24P20 and A24P24 have

a flange on all four sides.

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures (Type 316L Stainless Steel)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures (Type 304 Stainless Steel)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel or aluminum panels are available. See General Accessories.

NOTE: Panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 21.00 in. (564mm). Panels A24P20 and A24P24 have

a flange on all four sides.

Bulletin

A19S

Stainless Steel Disconnect Wall-Mount

Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures for

Flange-Mounted Disconnects

11C59189-1

NOTES: 1. Removable data pocket included. See table for size.

Large data pocket is 12.00 x 12.00 (305 x 305);

small data pocket is 6.00 x 6.00 (152 x 152).

2. The number of door clamps is dependent on size of

enclosure. Clamps are furnished along three sides

of door.

3. Panels are 12 gauge steel.

6.39

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Disconnect Wall-Mount

Space Occupied by Disconnect

NOTE: E1 = 8.62 (219) when C = 8.00 (203)

E1 = 11.62 (295) when C = 12.00 (305)

W1 = Wiring Space

Disconnects will occupy space on panel shown

by dimensions E1, F1, and G1.Wiring space W1

is available when disconnect is installed in

the enclosure.

Refer to National Electrical Code®2002

article 430-10(b) for wiring space required

for line side conductors to be connected to

disconnect. Verify your application to

determine whether wiring space is

adequate.

11C59189-2

Bulletin

A19S

Consult disconnect

manufacturer or see

Disconnect Ordering

Information at

hoffmanonline.com for

F1, G1, and W1

dimensions of various

brands of disconnects.

Application

The Hoffman Watershed™ stainless steel

enclosure, with its unique design and Type 4X

rating, is a perfect fit for mounting electrical or

high-tech electronic equipment in a variety of

indoor and outdoor settings. Its unique

features are specifically designed for use in

sanitary washdown production environments

like food, beverage, or pharmaceutical

processing. However, these same features also

are useful in petrochemical plants, pulp and

paper facilities, and water treatment plants.

Watershed™ Wall-Mount Enclosures

Patent pending.

Construction

• Manufactured from 14 gauge Type 304

stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth

• Smooth Type 304 stainless steel lift-off

bullet-style hinges

• Hinges are shielded by cover edges

• Hinged side of cover has provisions to allow

direct flushing of hinge area

• 20-degree sloped top facilitates runoff of

water and cleaning solutions and prohibits

the placement of objects on the top of the

enclosure

• 170-degree door opening

• Door edges are sloped 20 degrees at top

and bottom edges to facilitate runoff

• Slanted flange trough collar prohibits pooling

of fluids along the top edge of the enclosure

opening

• Stainless steel quarter-turn latches furnished

with flush slotted insert

• Seamless foam-in-place one-piece gasket

provides oil-tight and dust-tight seal against

contaminants

• Self-grounding latch system with double seal

provides maximum protection against

leakage

• Bonding provision on door and ground stud

on body

• Panel studs fit optional NEMA size panels

• Mounting holes in back of body for direct

mounting or for optional stand-off kit

• Furnished hardware kit consists of panel

mounting nuts, grounding hardware, and

sealing washers for wall-mounting holes

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted.

External surfaces have a #4 brushed finish.

Industry Standards

Mounting brackets required to meet UL/cUL external

mounting requirement.

NSF Criteria C-2

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12

cUL C22.2 No. 26, File Number E61997:Type

4,Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Mounting Bracket Kit

Panels

Stand-off Kit

Rev. A June 2003

6.41

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

WS1

Stand-off Kit

Stand-offs provide space between wall-mount

enclosure and wall for better washdown

accessibility. Stainless steel standoffs are rated

to Type 4X.All hardware is included. Four

standoffs per kit.

Standard Sizes Watershed™ Wall-Mount Enclosures

Catalog C

Number in. mm

WSSOK1SS 125

WSSOK2SS 251

WSSOK4SS 4 102

WSSOK6SS 6 152

Nominal Dimensions * Panel

Catalog A x B x C A1=Front A2=Back B=Width C=Depth Catalog

Number in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Number

WS161208SS 16 x 12 x 8 406 x 305 x 203 16.20 411 19.10 485 12 305 8 203 A16P12

WS161608SS 16 x 16 x 8 406 x 406 x 203 16.30 414 19.20 488 16 406 8 305 A16P16

WS201612SS 20 x 16 x 12 508 x 406 x 305 20.30 516 24.66 626 16 406 12 305 A20P16

WS201608SS 20 x 16 x 8 508 x 406 x 203 20.30 516 23.20 589 16 406 8 203 A20P16

WS202012SS 20 x 20 x 12 508 x 508 x 305 20.40 518 24.76 629 20 508 12 305 A20P20

WS202008SS 20 x 20 x 8 508 x 508 x 203 20.40 518 23.31 592 20 508 8 203 A20P20

WS242412SS 24 x 24 x 12 610 x 610 x 305 24.51 623 28.87 733 24 610 12 305 A24P24

WS242408SS 24 x 24 x 8 610 x 610 x 203 24.51 623 27.41 696 24 610 8 203 A24P24

WS242008SS 24 x 20 x 8 610 x 508 x 203 24.40 620 27.31 694 20 508 8 203 A24P20

WS302408SS 30 x 24 x 8 762 x 610 x 203 30.51 785 33.41 849 24 610 8 203 A30P24

WS302412SS 30 x 24 x 12 762 x 610 x 305 30.51 775 34.87 886 24 610 12 305 A30P24

WS303008SS 30 x 30 x 8 762 x 762 x 203 30.67 779 33.57 853 30 762 8 203 A30P30

WS363012SS 36 x 30 x 12 914 x 762 x 305 36.67 931 41.03 1042 30 762 12 305 A36P30

WS363008SS 36 x 30 x 8 914 x 752 x 203 36.67 931 39.57 1005 30 762 8 203 A36P30

WS363612SS 36 x 36 x 12 914 x 914 x 305 36.82 935 41.18 1046 36 914 12 305 A36P36

WS363016SS 36 x 30 x 16 914 x 752 x 406 36.82 935 42.64 1083 30 762 16 406 A36P30

WS483616SS 48 x 36 x 16 1219 x 914 x 406 48.82 1240 54.64 1388 36 914 16 406 A48P36

†WS603616SS 60 x 36 x 16 1524 x 914 x 406 60.82 1545 66.64 1693 36 914 16 406 A60P36

Mounting Bracket Kit

Brackets are field installable. Stainless steel

brackets are rated to Type 4X.All hardware is

included. Four brackets per kit.

Catalog

Number Description

CMFKSS Stainless steel (Type 304)

mounting bracket kit

Optional Components

Stainless Steel Wall-Mount

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel or aluminum panels are available. See General Accessories.

† 10 guage back.

Rev. A June 2003

Application

This two-door enclosure provides industry-

leading protection for systems incorporating

large components or complex mounting

configurations in highly corrosive

environments. It is typically used in food

processing plants, pharmaceutical

manufacturing facilities, petrochemical plants,

pulp and paper processing, and water

treatment facilities.

Construction

• 12 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• “X-form” body stiffeners for added strength

•R

emovable centerpost for easy panel

installation

• Panel supports

• Heavy duty lifting eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Stainless steel screws and clamps on three

sides of each door assure watertight seal

• Rolled lip around three sides of door and

along top of enclosure opening excludes

liquids and contaminants

• Heavy gauge stainless steel continuous hinge

• Data pocket is high impact thermoplastic

• 12-inch (305-millimeter) floor stands are

welded to enclosure

• Hasp and staple for padlocking

• Oil-resistant gasket attached with oil-resistant

adhesive and held in place with stainless steel

retaining strips

•C

ollar studs provided for mounting optional

panels

• External hardware manufactured of Type 316

stainless steel

• Ground studs in body of enclosure

• Bonding provision on doors

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Front, sides, top, and

back have smooth #4 brushed finish. Optional

steel panels are white. Unpainted stainless steel

panels available by contacting Hoffman.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type

12, and Type 13

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electric Heater

Electrical Interlocks

Lighting Kit

Panel Support Kit

Panels (see table)

Toggle Latch

Window Kit

Type 304 Type 316L Enclosure Size A x B x C * Panel Catalog Panel Size D x E Number of

Catalog Number Catalog Number inch (millimeter) Number inch (mm) Clamps

A62H4812SSLP A62H4812SS6LP 62.06 x 48.06 x 12.06 (1576 x 1221 x 306) A60P48 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 16

A62H6012SSLP A62H6012SS6LP 62.06 x 60.06 x 12.06 (1576 x 1526 x 306) A60P60 56.00 x 56.00 (1422 x 1422) 16

A74H6012SSLP A74H6012SS6LP 74.06 x 60.06 x 12.06 (1881 x 1526 x 306) A72P60 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 18

†A74H7212SSLP †A74H7212SS6LP 74.06 x 72.06 x 12.06 (1881 x 1830 x 306) A72P72 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 18

†A74H7224SSLP †A74H7224SS6LP 74.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (1881 x 1830 x 611) A72P72 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 18

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Two-Door Floor-Mount Type 4X Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

† 10 gauge back.

Stainless Steel Two-Door

Floor-Mount Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.43

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: Right door has removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

Stainless Steel Floor-Mount

Bulletin

A4S

Rev. A June 2003

Application

Designed to house systems incorporating

large components or complex mounting

configurations. Three-point latching and sealing

provide industry-leading protection from dust,

dirt, oil, and water.

Construction

• 12 or 14 gauge Type 304 stainless steel

• 12 gauge enclosures have 10 gauge backs

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Strong, rigid construction with body stiffeners

• Gasketed overlapping doors eliminate need

for center post

• Plated steel 3-point latching mechanism and

key-locking handle

• Latch rods have rollers for easier door-

closing

• Heavy gauge continuous hinges support

each door

• Data pocket, provided on door with 3-point

latches, is high-impact thermoplastic

• 12-inch (305-millimeter) floor stands are

welded to enclosure

• Heavy duty lifting eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Panel supports

• Oil-resistant gasket attached with oil-

resistant adhesive and held in place with steel

retaining clips

• Collar studs for mounting optional panel

• Ground studs in body of enclosure

• Bonding provision on doors

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Front, sides, top, and

back have smooth #4 brushed finished. Steel

panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP55

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Door Stop Kit

Drip Shield Kit

Electrical Interlocks

Enclosure Stabilizers

Folding Shelf

Lighting Kit

Panel Support Kit

Panels (see table)

Window Kit

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C * Panel Panel Panel Size D x E Stiffener

Catalog Number Gauge inch (millimeter) Catalog Number Gauge inch (mm) Door / Body

†A544208SSLP 14 54.00 x 42.00 x 8.00 (1372 x 1067 x 203) A54P42 12 50.00 x 38.00 (1270 x 965) 0 3

A604808SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 8.06 (1526 x 1221 x 205) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A604810SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 10.06 (1526 x 1221 x 256) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A606010SSLP 12 60.06 x 60.06 x 10.06 (1526 x 1526 x 256) A60P60 10 56.00 x 56.00 (1422 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A726010USSLP 12 72.06 x 60.06 x 10.06 (1830 x 1526 x 256) A72P60 10 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A727210USSLP 12 72.06 x 72.06 x 10.06 (1830 x 1830 x 256) A72P72 10 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 0 1 (X-form)

A604812SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 12.06 (1526 x 1221 x 306) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A606012SSLP 12 60.06 x 60.06 x 12.06 (1526 x 1526 x 306) A60P60 10 56.00 x 56.00 (1422 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A726012USSLP 12 72.06 x 60.06 x 12.06 (1830 x 1526 x 306) A72P60 10 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A727212USSLP 12 72.06 x 72.06 x 12.06 (1830 x 1830 x 306) A72P72 10 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 0 1 (X-form)

A604816SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 16.06 (1526 x 1221 x 408) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A606016SSLP 12 60.06 x 60.06 x 16.06 (1526 x 1526 x 408) A60P60 10 56.00 x 56.00 (1422 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A726016USSLP 12 72.06 x 60.06 x 16.06 (1830 x 1526 x 408) A72P60 10 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A727216USSLP 12 72.06 x 72.06 x 16.06 (1830 x 1830 x 408) A72P72 10 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 0 1 (X-form)

A604820SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 20.06 (1526 x 1221 x 510) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A726020USSLP 12 72.06 x 60.06 x 20.06 (1830 x 1526 x 510) A72P60 10 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A727220USSLP 12 72.06 x 72.06 x 20.06 (1830 x 1830 x 510) A72P72 10 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 0 1 (X-form)

A604824SSLP 12 60.06 x 48.06 x 24.06 (1526 x 1221 x 611) A60P48 10 56.00 x 44.00 (1422 x 1118) 0 1 (X-form)

A606024SSLP 12 60.06 x 60.06 x 24.06 (1526 x 1526 x 611) A60P60 10 56.00 x 56.00 (1422 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A726024USSLP 12 72.06 x 60.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1526 x 611) A72P60 10 68.00 x 56.00 (1727 x 1422) 0 1 (X-form)

A727224USSLP 12 72.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1830 x 611) A72P72 10 68.00 x 68.00 (1727 x 1727) 0 1 (X-form)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Two Door Floor-Mount Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

† Rolled lip around door opening. 14 gauge back.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Stainless Steel Two-Door

Floor-Mount Type 12 Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.45

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: Right door has removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm) data pocket.

Stainless Steel Floor-Mount

Bulletin

A12S

Rev. A June 2003

Watershed™ Free-Standing Enclosures

Application

The Hoffman Watershed™ stainless steel free-

standing enclosure, with its unique design and

Type 4X rating, is a perfect fit for mounting

electrical or high-tech electronic equipment in

a variety of indoor and outdoor settings. Its

unique features are specifically designed for use

in sanitary washdown production

environments like food, beverage, or

pharmaceutical processing. However, these

same features also are useful in petrochemical

plants, pulp and paper facilities, and wastewater

treatment plants.

Construction

• Manufactured from 12 gauge Type 304

stainless steel with 10 gauge Type 304

stainless steel back

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth

• Smooth Type 304 stainless steel lift-off

bullet-style hinges

• Hinges are shielded by cover edges

• Hinged side of cover has provisions to allow

direct flushing of hinge area

• 20-degree sloped top facilitates runoff of

water and cleaning solutions and prohibits

the placement of objects on the top of the

enclosure

• 170-degree door opening

• Door edges are sloped 20 degrees at top

and bottom edges to facilitate runoff

• Slanted flange trough collar prohibits pooling

of fluids along the top edge of the enclosure

opening

• Three-point latching operated by Type 316

padlocking stainless steel handles; disconnect

handles include integral defeater insert

• Seamless foam-in-place one-piece gasket

provides oil-tight and dust-tight seal against

contaminants

• Bonding provision on door and ground stud

on body

• Panel studs fit optional NEMA size panels

• Mounting holes in bottom of enclosure for

direct mounting or for optional sanitary legs

and stainless steel floor stands

• Furnished hardware kit consists of panel

mounting nuts, grounding hardware, and

hole seals for mounting holes

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted.

External surfaces have a #4 brushed finish.

Industry Standards

NSF Criteria C-2

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12

cUL C22.2 No. 26, File Number E61997:Type

4,Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Floor-Stand Kit

Panels

Sanitary Leg Kit

Standard Sizes Watershed™Free-Standing Enclosures

Includes Nominal Dimensions * Panel

Catalog Disconnect A x B x C A1=Front A2=Back B=Width C=Depth Catalog

Number Cutout in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Number

WS625112SS No 62 x 51 x 12 1575 x 1295 x 305 62.81 1595 67.20 1707 51.09 1298 12.12 308 A60P48

WS625118SS No 62 x 51 x 18 1575 x 1295 x 457 62.81 1595 67.20 1707 51.09 1298 18.12 460 A60P48

WS626312SS No 62 x 63 x 12 1575 x 1600 x 305 62.81 1595 67.20 1707 63.09 1707 12.12 308 A60P60

WS626318SS No 62 x 63 x18 1575 x 1600 x 457 62.81 1595 67.20 1707 63.09 1602 18.12 460 A60P60

WS746312SS No 74 x 63 x 12 1880 x 1600 x 305 74.81 1900 79.20 2012 63.09 1602 12.12 308 A72P60

WS746318SS No 74 x 63 x 18 1880 x 1600 x 457 74.81 1900 81.38 2067 63.09 1602 18.12 460 A72P60

WS747512SS No 74 x 75 x 12 1880 x 1905 x 305 74.81 1900 79.20 2012 75.09 1907 12.12 308 A72P72

WS747518SS No 74 x 75 x 18 1880 x 1905 x 457 74.81 1900 81.38 2067 75.09 1907 18.12 460 A72P72

WS747524SS No 74 x 75 x 24 1880 x 1905 x 610 74.81 1900 83.57 2123 75.09 1907 24.12 613 A72P72

Patent pending.

* Panels must be ordered separately. See General Accessories.

Rev. A June 2003

6.47

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

WS2

Sanitary Leg Kits

Sanitary leg kits provide space between the

enclosure and the floor for better washdown

accessibility.Available with fixed or

independently adjustable legs.Adjustable

leg shown. Four legs per kit. Maintains UL/cUL

Type 4X rating when properly installed on a

Hoffman Type 4X enclosure.

Catalog Size

Number Description in. mm

WSASLKSS Adj. Sanitary Leg Kit 11.50-12.50 292-318

WSFSLKSS Fixed Sanitary Leg Kit 12.00 305

Accessories

Floor-Stand Kit

Use to raise free-standing enclosure.To install,

drill holes in the bottom of the enclosure and

bolt the floor stands to the enclosure. Each

kit includes two stands.Type 304 stainless

steel. Maintains UL/cUL Type 4X rating when

properly installed on a Hoffman Type 4X

enclosure.

Catalog H C L

Number in. mm in. mm in. mm

AFK1218SS 12.00 305 18.06 459 9.09 231

AFK1224SS 12.00 305 24.06 611 9.09 231

Section A-A

Rev. A June 2003

Application

This single-door enclosure provides industry-

leading protection for systems incorporating

large components or complex mounting

configurations in highly corrosive

environments. The addition of 19-inch rack

mounting accessories makes these enclosures

ideal for providing rugged protection for

sensitive rack mounted components in harsh

industrial environments. The enclosure is

typically used in food processing plants,

pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities,

petrochemical plants, and waste-water

treatment facilities.

Construction

• 12 gauge Type 304 or Type 316L

stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Mounting channels welded horizontally to

interior body sides at top, bottom, and

center

• Panels and rack mounting angles can be

mounted anywhere along channels

• Rolled lip around three sides of door and

along top of enclosure opening excludes

liquids and contaminants

• Stainless steel door clamps on three sides of

door assure watertight seal

• Heavy gauge stainless steel continuous hinge

• Stainless steel hinge pin

• Stainless steel hasp and staple provided

for padlocking

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Heavy duty lifting eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Oil-resistant door gasket attached with

oil-resistant adhesive and held in place with

steel retaining strips

• Ground studs in body of enclosure

• Bonding provision on doors

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Front, sides, top, and

back have smooth #4 brushed finish. Optional

steel panels are painted white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type

12, and Type 13

JIC standard EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

E.I.A. RS-310-D

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Casters

Clamping Nut Kit

Corrosion Inhibitors

Drip Shield Kit

Electrical Interlocks

Lighting Kit

Panels

Toggle Latch

Window Kit

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.49

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Free-Standing Enclosure Group Accessory Selection Guide

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Single-Door

Enclosures

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 12

Two-Door Enclosures

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing

Type 4X Enclosures

Free-Standing

Fiberglass Type 4X

Enclosure

Panel for

Single-Door

Enclosures

Heavy Duty

Panel Supports Rack Mounting

Angles

Clip Nut

Package

Rack Panel

Screw Package

Drawer

Writing Surface

for Drawers

Shelf

Guides

Center Panel

Support

Swing-Out

Rack Mounting

Frame

Panel for

Two-Door

Enclosures

Swing-Out

Panel

Side-Mounted

Panel

To select an accessory for the enclosure, see the chart on following pages.

Internal Accessories

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A4S

NOTES: 1. Maximum spacing between clamps is 18.00 in. (457mm).

See Chapter 12, General Accessories, for section views A-A and B-B

showing accessories.

2. Removable data pocket is 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm).

Type 304 Type 316L Enclosure Size A x B x C X

Catalog Number Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm)

A72H2518SSFS A72H2518SS6FS 72.06 x 25.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 637 x 459) 6.38 (162)

A72H3124SSFS A72H3124SS6FS 72.06 x 31.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 789 x 611) 8.38 (213)

A72H3724SSFS A72H3724SS6FS 72.06 x 37.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 941 x 611) 10.38 (264)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 4X Enclosures

Rev. A June 2003

6.51

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A60P24F1 Full Panel 48.00 x 20.00 a

(1219 x 508)

A60P24F2 Half Panel 24.88 x 20.00 a

(632 x 508)

A72P24F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 20.00 l

(1524 x 508)

A72P24F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 20.00 l

(784 x 508)

A90P24F2 Half Panel 39.88 x 20.00 a

(1013 x 508)

A72P30F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 26.00 l

(1525 x 661)

A72P30F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 26.00 l

(784 x 660)

A60P36F1 Full Panel 48.00 x 32.00 a

(1219 x 813)

A60P36F2 Half Panel 24.88 x 32.00 a

(632 x 813)

A72P36F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 32.00 l

(1524 x 813)

A72P36F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 32.00 l

(784 x 813)

A96P36F2 Half Panel 39.88 x 32.00 a

(1013 x 813)

Accessory Selection Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

(For details see Chapter 12, General Accessories)

Panels

Swing-Out Panels

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A72SP24F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 18.81 l

(1524 x 478)

A72SP24F4 Half Panel 30.88 x 18.81 l

(784 x 478)

A72SP30F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 24.81 l

(1524 x 630)

A72SP30F4 Half Panel 30.88 x 24.81 l

(784 x 630)

A72SP36F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 30.81 l

(1524 x 783)

A72SP36F4 Half Panel 30.88 x 33.81 l

(784 x 859

Side-Mounted Panels

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A72SMP14 Panel 60.00 x 14.00 lll

(1524 x 356)

A72SMP20 Panel 60.00 x 20.00 ll

(1524 x 508)

Heavy Duty Panel Supports

Catalog Number Description Length

A72FSHDPS Two Full-Length Panel Supports 60.25 lll

(1759)

Clamping Nuts

Catalog Number Description For

APS1420CN 1/4-20 Clamping Nut (Qty 20) Special Use lll

APS51618CN 5/16-18 Clamping Nut (Qty 20) Special Use lll

Casters

Catalog Number Description Size

DMCKC Set of 4 Casters 4 high x 3 diameter lll

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

aRequires heavy duty panel support.

A72H2518SS6FS

A72H2518SSFS

A72H3124SS6FS

A72H3124SSFS

A72H3724SS6FS

A72H3724SSFS

Continued on next page

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A4S

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

aOne unit = 1.75 inches (44 mm).

bRequires swing-out rack mounting frame.

Catalog Number Description For Rack Size Angle Length Number of Unitsa

A60RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch 49.00 28 l

(483 mm) (1245)

A72RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch 61.25 35 l

(483 mm) (1556)

A72RP24F6 Two Half-Length Angles 19 inch 31.50 18 l

(483 mm) (800)

A72RP30F5 Two Full-Length Angles 24 inch 61.25 35 l

(610 mm) (1556)

A72RP30F6 Two Half-Length Angles 24 inch 31.50 18 l

(610 mm) (800)

A90RP24F5 Two Half-Length Angles 19 inch 40.25 23 l

(483 mm) (1022)

Rack Mounting Accessory Selection Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

(For details see Chapter 12, General Accessories)

Rack Mounting Angles—LStyle (Type RP)

Catalog Number Aluminum Catalog Number Steel Rack Panel Size Number of Unitsa

A19RP1UAL A19RP1U 19.00 x 1.75 1 lbb

(483 x 44)

A19RP2UAL A19RP2U 19.00 x 3.50 2 lbb

(483 x 89)

A19RP3UAL A19RP3U 19.00 x 5.25 3 lbb

(483 x 133)

A19RP4UAL A19RP4U 19.00 x 7.00 4 lbb

(483 x 178)

A19RP5UAL A19RP5U 19.00 x 8.75 5 lbb

(483 x 222)

A19RP6UAL A19RP6U 19.00 x 10.50 6 lbb

(483 x 267)

A19RP7UAL A19RP7U 19.00 x 12.25 7 lbb

(483 x 311)

A19RP8UAL A19RP8U 19.00 x 14.00 8 lbb

(483 x 356)

A19RP9UAL A19RP9U 19.00 x 15.75 9 lbb

(483 x 400)

A19RP10UAL A19RP10U 19.00 x 17.50 10 lbb

(483 x 445)

Rack Panels

Catalog Number Description For Rack Size Angle Length Number of Unitsa

A60RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch 49.00 28 l

(483 mm) (1245)

A72RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch 61.25 35 l

(483 mm) (1556)

A72RA24TH Two Full-Length Angles 24 inch 61.25 35 l

(610 mm) (1556)

Rack Mounting Angles—U Style (Type RA)

Catalog Number Description For Rack Size Panel Space Number of Unitsa

A7230SOF19 Full Swing-- 19 inch 57.88 33 l

Out Frame (483 mm) (1470)

A7236SOF19 Full Swing-- 19 inch 57.88 33 l

Out Frame (483 mm) (1470)

Swing-Out Rack Mounting Frames

Catalog Number Description Size Fits

AN1032 Zinc-Plated (package of 20) #10-32 “RA’’ Type Rack Mounting Angles ll

ANM5 Zinc-Plated (package of 20) Metric M5 “RA’’ Type Rack Mounting Angles ll

Clip Nut Package

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 4X Enclosures

A72H2518SS6FS

A72H2518SSFS

A72H3124SS6FS

A72H3124SSFS

A72H3724SS6FS

A72H3724SSFS

6.53

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

aOne unit = 1.75 inches (44 mm).

bRequires swing-out rack mounting frame.

cRequires two sets of U-style (type RA) rack mounting angles for installation.

Catalog Number Description Size

AS1032 Nickel-Plated (package of 20) #10-32x.75 Truss Head lll

ASM5 Nickel-Plated (package of 20) Metric M5x20

Screw Package

Catalog Number Description Fits Drawer

DL29WS Hinged Surface DL329DR, DL729DR c

Writing Surface

Catalog Number Description Number of Units a

AG1U6 Chassis Guides (2) 1 c

Guides

Catalog Number Description For Rack Size Drawer Depth Number of Unitsa

DL329DR Pull-Out Drawer 24 inch 3.50 4 c

(610 mm) (89)

DL729DR Pull-Out Drawer 24 inch 7.00 4 c

(610 mm) (178)

Drawers

Catalog Number Description For Rack Size Number of Unitsa

DL29SHP Pull-Out Shelf 24 inch 1 c

(610 mm)

Shelves

Catalog Number Aluminum Catalog Number Steel Rack Panel Size Number of Unitsa

A19RP11UAL A19RP11U 19.00 x 19.25 11 lbb

(483 x 489)

A19RP12UAL A19RP12U 19.00 x 21.00 12 lbb

(483 x 533)

_A19RP16U 19.00 x 22.75 16 lbb

(483 x 578)

A24RP2UAL A24RP2U 24.00 x 3.50 2 l

(610 x 89)

A24RP3UAL A24RP3U 24.00 x 5.25 3 l

(610 x 133)

A24RP4UAL A24RP4U 24.00 x 7.00 4 l

(610 x 178)

_A24RP5U 24.00 x 8.75 5 l

(610 x 222)

A24RP6UAL A24RP6U 24.00 x 10.50 6 l

(610 x 267)

A24RP8UAL A24RP8U 24.00 x 14.00 8 l

(610 x 356)

Rack Panels (Cont.)

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A4S

A72H2518SS6FS

A72H2518SSFS

A72H3124SS6FS

A72H3124SSFS

A72H3724SS6FS

A72H3724SSFS

Application

Designed to house systems incorporating

large components or complex mounting

configurations.Three-point latching and sealing

provide industry-leading protection from dust,

dirt, oil, and water.These enclosures are used

in machine tool applications for housing motor

starters, drives, contactors, and PLCs, as well as

a wide variety of other electrical and electronic

equipment.The addition of 19-inch rack

mounting accessories makes these enclosures

ideal for providing rugged protection for

sensitive rack mounted components in harsh

industrial environments.These enclosures are

used extensively in automotive, pulp and paper,

wood products, textile, and similar industries.

Four styles are available to provide maximum

flexibility:

1. Single-Door Single- Access Enclosures

(single door on front)

2. Single-Door Dual-Access Enclosures

(single door on front and rear)

3. Two-Door Single-Access Enclosures

(overlapping doors on front)

4. Two-Door Dual-Access Enclosures

(overlapping doors on front and rear)

Construction

• 12 gauge Type 304 stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Stiffeners welded to back of two-door

enclosures maintain flatness and

increase rigidity

• Heavy duty lifting eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Plated steel 3-point latching and

keylocking handle

• Latch rods have rollers for easier

door closing

• Heavy gauge continuous hinges support

each door

• Data pocket, provided on door(s) with

3-point latches, is high-impact thermoplastic

• Mounting channels welded horizontally to

interior body sides at top, bottom, and center

• Optional panels and rack mounting angles can

be mounted anywhere along channels

• Oil-resistant door gasket attached with oil-

resistant adhesive and held in place with

steel retaining strips

• Ground studs in body of enclosure

• Bonding provision on doors

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover, sides, top, and

bottom have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Optional steel panels, swing-out panels, side-

mounted panels, rack mounting frames, heavy

duty panel supports, and center panel supports

are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12

E.I.A. RS-310-D

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP55

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Casters

Clamping Nut Kit

Electrical Interlocks

Floor Stand Kit

Folding Shelf

Lighting Kit

Panel Support Kit

Panels

Window Kit

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.55

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Free-Standing Enclosure Group Accessory Selection Guide

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 12

Single-Door Enclosures

(Single-Access or Dual-Access)

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 12

Two-Door Enclosures

(Single-Access or Dual-Access)

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing

Type 4X Enclosures

Free-Standing

Fiberglass Type 4X

Enclosure

Panel for

Single-Door

Enclosures

Heavy Duty

Panel Supports Rack Mounting

Angles

Clip Nut

Package

Rack Panel

Screw Package

Drawer

Writing Surface

for Drawers

Shelf

Guides

Center Panel

Support

Swing-Out

Rack Mounting

Frame

Panel for

Two-Door

Enclosures

Swing-Out

Panel

Side-Mounted

Panel

To select an accessory for the enclosure, see the Free-Standing Accessories charts on following pages.

Internal Accessories

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A30S

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C F G

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm) inch (mm)

A602418SSFS 60.06 x 24.06 x 18.06 (1526 x 611 x 459) 32.03 (814) 23.12 (587)

A722418SSFS 72.06 x 24.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 611 x 459) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723018SSFS 72.06 x 30.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 764 x 459) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723618SSFS 72.06 x 36.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 916 x 459) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A902420SSFS 90.06 x 24.06 x 20.06 (2288 x 611 x 510) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

A903620SSFS 90.06 x 36.06 x 20.06 (2288 x 916 x 510) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

A603624SSFS 60.06 x 36.06 x 24.06 (1526 x 916 x 611) 32.03 (814) 23.12 (587)

A722424SSFS 72.06 x 24.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 611 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723024SSFS 72.06 x 30.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 764 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723624SSFS 72.06 x 36.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 916 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A903624SSFS 90.06 x 36.06 x 24.06 (2288 x 916 x 611) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

A723630SSFS 72.06 x 36.06 x 30.06 (1830 x 916 x 764) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723636SSFS 72.06 x 36.06 x 36.06 (1830 x 916 x 916) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

†A903636SSFS 90.06 x 36.06 x 36.06 (2288 x 916 x 916) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

Standard Sizes Single-Door Single-Access Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

† 1Back is 10 gauge.

NOTES: 1. Four lifting eyes are furnished if C=30.06 in.

(764mm) or more.

2. See Chapter 12, General Accessories, for section

views A-A and B-B showing accessories.

3. Removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

■Single-Door Single-Access

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Enclosures

Rev. A June 2003

6.57

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C F G

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm) inch (mm)

A722424SSFSDA 72.06 x 24.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 611 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723024SSFSDA 72.06 x 30.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 764 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723624SSFSDA 72.06 x 36.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 916 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A903624SSFSDA 90.06 x 36.06 x 24.06 (2288 x 916 x 611) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

A722430SSFSDA 72.06 x 24.06 x 30.06 (1830 x 611 x 764) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A722436SSFSDA 72.06 x 24.06 x 36.06 (1830 x 611 x 916) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A723636SSFSDA 72.06 x 36.06 x 36.06 (1830 x 916 x 916) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A903636SSFSDA 90.06 x 36.06 x 36.06 (2288 x 916 x 916) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

Standard Sizes Single-Door Dual-Access Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

NOTES: 1. Four lifting eyes are furnished if C=30.06 in.

(764mm) or more.

2. See Chapter 12, General Accessories, for section

views A-A and B-B showing accessories.

3. Removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

■Single-Door Dual-Access

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A30S

Rev. A June 2003

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C F G H J

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)

A604818SSFSD 60.06 x 48.06 x 18.06 (1526 x 1221 x 472) 32.03 (814) 23.12 (587) 19.88 (505) 20.03 (509)

A724818SSFSD 72.06 x 48.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 1221 x 472) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A726018SSFSD 72.06 x 60.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 1526 x 472) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A727218SSFSD 72.06 x 72.06 x 18.06 (1830 x 1830 x 472) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A904820SSFSD 90.06 x 48.06 x 20.06 (2288 x 1221 x 510) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968) 29.88 (759) 30.03 (763)

A907220SSFSD 90.06 x 72.06 x 20.06 (2288 x 1830 x 510) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968) 29.88 (759) 30.03 (763)

A724824SSFSD 72.06 x 48.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1221 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A726024SSFSD 72.06 x 60.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1526 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A727224SSFSD 72.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1830 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A907224SSFSD 90.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (2288 x 1830 x 611) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968) 29.88 (759) 30.03 (763)

A726036SSFSD 72.06 x 60.06 x 36.06 (1830 x 1526 x 916) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740) 23.88 (607) 24.03 (610)

A907236SSFSD 90.06 x 72.06 x 36.06 (2288 x 1830 x 916) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968) 29.88 (759) 30.03 (763)

Standard Sizes Two-Door Single-Access Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

NOTES: 1. Four lifting eyes are furnished if C=30.06 in.

(764mm) or more.

2. See Chapter 12, General Accessories, for section

views A-A and B-B showing accessories.

3. Removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm) data

pocket.

4. Enclosure backs are 10 gauge.

■Two-Door Single-Access

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Enclosures

Rev. A June 2003

6.59

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Four lifting eyes are furnished if C=30.06 in.

(764mm) or more.

2. See Chapter 12, General Accessories, for section

views A-A and B-B showing accessories.

3. Removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm) data

pocket.

■Two-Door Dual-Access

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C F G

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm) inch (mm)

A724824SSFSDAD 72.06 x 48.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1221 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A726024SSFSDAD 72.06 x 60.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1526 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A727224SSFSDAD 72.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (1830 x 1830 x 611) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

A907224SSFSDAD 90.06 x 72.06 x 24.06 (2288 x 1830 x 611) 47.03 (1195) 38.12 (968)

A726036SSFSDAD 72.06 x 60.06 x 36.06 (1830 x 1526 x 916) 38.03 (966) 29.12 (740)

Standard Sizes Two-Door Dual-Access Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A30S

Rev. A June 2003

Panels

Accessory Selection

Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

(For details see Chapter 12, General Accessories)

Swing-Out Panels

Side-Mounted Panels

Heavy Duty Panel Supports

See next page for Notes.

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A60P24F1 Full Panel 48.00 x 20.00 (1219 x 508)

A60P24F2 Half Panel 24.88 x 20.00 (632 x 508)

A72P24F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 20.00 (1524 x 508)

A72P24F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 20.00 (784 x 508)

A90P24F1 Full Panel 78.00 x 20.00 (1981 x 508)

A90P24F2 Half Panel 39.00 x 20.00 (1013 x 508)

A72P30F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 26.00 (1524 x 660)

A72P30F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 26.00 (784 x 660)

A60P36F1 Full Panel 48.00 x 32.00 (1219 x 813)

A60P36F2 Half Panel 24.88 x 32.00 (632 x 813)

A72P36F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 32.00 (1524 x 813)

A72P36F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 32.00 (784 x 813)

A90P36F1 Full Panel 78.00 x 32.00 (1981 x 813)

A90P36F2 Half Panel 39.88 x 32.00 (1013 x 813)

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A72SP24F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 18.81 (1524 x 478)

A72SP24F4 Half Panel330.88 x 18.81 (784 x 478)

A72SP30F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 24.81 (1524 x 630)

A72SP30F4 Half Panel330.88 x 24.81 (784 x 630)

A72SP36F3 Full Panel 60.00 x 30.81 (1584 x 783)

A72SP36F4 Half Panel330.88 x 30.81 (784 x 783)

A90SP36F3 Full Panel 78.00 x 30.81 (1981 x 783)

A90SP36F4 Half Panel339.88 x 30.81 (1013 x 783)

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A60SMP14 14" Wide Panel (356mm) 48.00 x 14.00 (1219 x 356)

A72SMP14 14" Wide Panel (356mm) 60.00 x 14.00 (1524 x 356)

A90SMP14 14" Wide Panel (356mm) 78.00 x 14.00 (1981 x 356)

A72SMP20 20" Wide Panel (508mm) 60.00 x 20.00 (1524 x 518)

A90SMP20 20" Wide Panel (508mm) 78.00 x 20.00 (1981 x 508)

Catalog Number Description Panel Size

A60FSHDPS 57.25 (1454)

A72FSHDPS 69.25 (1759)

A-90FSHDPS 87.25 (2216)

Two Full Length

Panel

Supports

••

1•1•1

••

1•1•1

••

1•

•1••

1•

•

•1•1••

••

•1•1••

1•1•1•1•1

•1•1••

1•1•1•1•1

•••

1•••

••

1•1•1••

1•••

•••

•1••

1•1••

1•1•

•1•1•1

•••

•1•1•1

•

•1•1•1

••

1•

••

1•

••

•1••

1•

•2•1,2 •1,2 •1,2

•2•1,2 •2

•1,2 •2•1,2 •2

•2

•1,2 •1,2 •2•1,2

•2•2•2

•1,2 •1,2 •1,2 •1,2 •1,2

•2•1,2 •2•1,2 •1,2

•2•2•2

•1,2 •2•1,2 •2•2

•1,2

•2

•1,2

•2•2

•1,2 •1,2

•2•1,2

•2

•1,2 •2

••

••••

•••••

•••

••

•••

•

••

•

•2•2

•2•2•2

•2•2

•2•2•2

•2

•2•2

•2

••

••• ••• ••

•• • •

••• ••

••

••• •••

••

••• •••

••

•4

•4•4•4••• •

•• • •

•4•4•4•

•4•

••• •

•

••• •

•

••

••• ••• ••

•• • •

••• •••

••

•2

•2•2•2•2•2•2

•2•2•2•2

•2

SINGLE-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

A602418SSFS

A722418SSFS

A723018SSFS

A723618SSFS

A902420SSFS

A903620SSFS

A603624SSFS

A722424SSFS

A723024SSFS

A723624SSFS

A903624SSFS

A723630SSFS

A723636SSFS

A903636SSFS

A722424SSFSDA

A723024SSFSDA

A723624SSFSDA

A903624SSFSDA

A722430SSFSDA

A722436SSFSDA

A723636SSFSDA

A903636SSFSDA

A604818SSFSD

A724818SSFSD

A726018SSFSD

A727218SSFSD

A904820SSFSD

A907220SSFSD

A724824SSFSD

A726024SSFSD

A727224SSFSD

A907224SSFSD

A726036SSFSD

A907236SSFSD

A724824SSFSDAD

A726024SSFSDAD

A727224SSFSDAD

A-907224SSFSDAD

A-726036FSSSDAD

TWO-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

SINGLE-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

TWO-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Enclosures

6.61

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Panels

Catalog Panel

Number Description Size

A60P48F1 Full Panel 48.00 x 44.00

(1219 x 1118)

A72P48F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 44.00

(1524 x 1118)

A72P48F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 44.00

(784 x 1118)

A90P48F1 Full Panel 78.00 x 44.00

(1981 x 1118)

A90P48F2 Half Panel 39.88 x 44.00

(1013 x 1118)

A72P60F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 56.00

(1524 x 1422)

A72P60F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 56.00

(784 x 1422)

A72P72F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 68.00

(1524 x 1727)

A72P72F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 68.00

(784 x 1727)

A90P72F1 Full Panel 78.00 x 68.00

(1981 x 1727)

A90P72F2 Half Panel 39.88 x 68.00

(1013 x 1727)

Center Panel Supports

Catalog

Number Description

A60FSCPS Center Panel Support

A72FSCPS Center Panel Support

A90FSCPS Center Panel Support

Clamping Nuts

Catalog

Number Description For

APS1420CN 1/4-20 Clamping Nut (Qty 20) Special Use

APS51616CN 5/16-18 Clamping Nut (Qty 20) Special Use

Casters

Catalog

Number Description Size

DMCKC Set of 4 Casters 4 high x 3 diameter

••

1•1•1

••

1•

•1••

1•

•

•1••

•••

••

1••

1•1

••

1••

1•1

•••

•1••

1••

•1

•

•1

••

•1••

•

•1•

•

••• ••• •

•• • •

••• •

•

••••••••••••••

••••••••

••••••••••••

•••••

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

SINGLE-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

A602418SSFS

A722418SSFS

A-723018SSFS

A723618SSFS

A902420SSFS

A903620SSFS

A-603624SSFS

A722424SSFS

A723024SSFS

A723624SSFS

A903624SSFS

A723630SSFS

A723636SSFS

A903636SSFS

A722424SSFSDA

A723024SSFSDA

A723624SSFSDA

A903624SSFSDA

A722430SSFSDA

A722436SSFSDA

A723636SSFSDA

A903636SSFSDA

A604818SSFSD

A724818SSFSD

A726018SSFSD

A727218SSFSD

A904820SSFSD

A907220SSFSD

A724824SSFSD

A726024SSFSD

A727224SSFSD

A907224SSFSD

A726036SSFSD

A907236SSFSD

A724824SSFSDAD

A726024SSFSDAD

A727224SSFSDAD

A-907224SSFSDAD

A-726036SSFSDAD

TWO-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

SINGLE-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

TWO-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

1Requires heavy duty panel supports.

2Requires center panel support(s).

3Fits in top half or bottom half of enclosure.

4Will not fit if other panels are also installed in same enclosure.

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A30S

Rack Mounting Angles—L Style (Type RP)

Rack Mounting Angles—U Style (Type RA)

See next page for Notes.

Catalog For Rack Number Angle

Number Description Size of Units4Length

A60RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 28 49.00 (1245)

A60RP24F6 Two Half-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 15 26.25 (667)

A72RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 35 61.25 (1556)

A72RP24F6 Two Half-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 18 31.50 (800)

A90RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 45 78.25 (2000)

A90RP24F6 Two Half-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 23 40.25 (1022)

A72RP30F5 Two Full-Length Angles 24 inch (610 mm) 35 61.25 (1556)

A72RP30F6 Two Half-Length Angles 24 inch (610 mm) 18 31.50 (800)

Catalog For Rack Number Angle

Number Description Size of Units4Length

A60RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 28 49.00 (1245)

A72RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 35 61.25 (1556)

A90RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles 19 inch (483 mm) 45 78.75 (2000)

A72RA24TH Two Full-Length Angles 24 inch (610 mm) 35 61.25 (1556)

Swing-Out Rack Mounting Frames

Catalog For Rack Number Panel

Number Description Size of Units4Space

A7230SOF19 Full Swing-Out 19 inch (483 mm) 33 57.88 (1470)

Frame

A7236SOF19 Full Swing-Out 19 inch (483 mm) 33 57.88 (1470)

Frame

A9036SOF19 Full Swing-Out 19 inch (483 mm) 43 75.36 (1915)

Frame

Rack Panels

Catalog Number Rack Panel Number

Aluminum Steel Size of Units4

A19RP1UAL A19RP1U 19.00 x 1.75 (483 x 44) 1

A19RP2UAL A19RP2U 19.00 x 3.50 (483 x 89) 2

A19RP3UAL A19RP3U 19.00 x 5.25 (483 x 133) 3

A19RP4UAL A19RP4U 19.00 x 7.00 (483 x 178) 4

A19RP5UAL A19RP5U 19.00 x 8.75 (483 x 222) 5

A19RP6UAL A19RP6U 19.00 x 10.50 (483 x 267) 6

A19RP7UAL A19RP7U 19.00 x 12.25 (483 x 311) 7

A19RP8UAL A19RP8U 19.00 x 14.00 (483 x 356) 8

— A19RP9U 19.00 x 15.75 (483 x 400) 9

— A19RP10U 19.00 x 17.50 (483 x 445) 10

A19RP11UAL A19RP11U 19.00 x 19.25 (483 x 489) 11

Clip Nut Package

Catalog Number Description Size Fits

AN1032 Clip Nut # 10-32 "RA" Type Rack

(Package of 20) Zinc-Plated Mounting Angles

••••

•

•••

•• •

•

••••

••

•••

•

•2•2•2•2

•2

•2•2•2

•2

•2•2•2•2

•2•2•2

•2

•2•2

••••

•••

•

••

•••

•

•2•2•2•2

•2•2•2

•2

•2•2•2

•2

••• • •• •• •• ••• • •• • •• •

••

••••

•••

•

••

•2•2•2

•2•2

•2•2•2

•2•2

•2

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•• •3•3•

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•

•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

•3•3•3•3

SINGLE-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

A602418SSFS

A722418SSFS

A723018SSFS

A723618SSFS

A902420SSFS

A903620SSFS

A603624SSFS

A722424SSFS

A723024SSFS

A723624SSFS

A903624SSFS

A723630SSFS

A723636SSFS

A903636SSFS

A722424SSFSDA

A723024SSFSDA

A723624SSFSDA

A903624SSFSDA

A722430SSFSDA

A722436SSFSDA

A723636SSFSDA

A903636SSFSDA

A604818SSFSD

A724818SSFSD

A726018SSFSD

A727218SSFSD

A904820SSFSD

A907220SSFSD

A724824SSFSD

A726024SSFSD

A727224SSFSD

A907224SSFSD

A726036SSFSD

A907236SSFSD

A724824SSFSDAD

A726024SSFSDAD

A727224SSFSDAD

A907224SSFSDAD

A726036SSFSDAD

TWO-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

SINGLE-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

TWO-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

Rack-Mounting Accessory Selection

Stainless Steel Free-Standing Type 12 Enclosures

(For details see Chapter 12, General Accessories)

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Type 12 Enclosures

6.63

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

1 Requires 2 sets of U style (type RA) rack mounting angles for installation.

2Requires center panel support(s) for installation.

3Requires swing-out rack mounting frame.

41 unit = 1.75 inches (44 mm).

Rack Panels (continued)

Drawers

Catalog Number Rack Panel Number

Aluminum Steel Size of Units4

A19RP12UAL A19RP12U 19.00 x 21.00 (483 x 533) 12

— A19RP16U 19.00 x 22.75 (483 x 578) 16

A24RP2UAL A1924RP2U 24.00 x 3.50 (610 x 89) 2

A24RP3UAL A1924RP3U 24.00 x 5.25 (610 x 133) 3

A24RP4UAL A1924RP4U 24.00 x 7.00 (610 x 178) 4

— A1924RP5U 24.00 x 8.75 (610 x 222) 5

A24RP6UAL A1924RP6U 24.00 x 10.50 (610 x 267) 6

A24RP8UAL A1924RP8U 24.00 x 14.00 (610 x 356) 8

Catalog For Rack Number Drawer

Number Description Size of Units4Depth

A19DR2U Pull-Out Drawer 19 inch (485 mm) 2 3.50 (89)

A19DR4U Pull-Out Drawer 19 inch (485 mm) 4 7.00 (178)

DL329DR Pull-Out Drawer 24 inch (610 mm) 2 3.50 (89)

DL729DR Pull-Out Drawer 24 inch (610 mm) 4 7.00 (178)

Screw Package

Catalog Number Description Size

AS1032 Nickel-Plated Screw # 10-32x.75

(Package of 20) Truss Head

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

••

3•3•3•••

3•3

•

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

•••

3•3••

3••

3•3•3•3•3

••••

•••

••••

•••

••••

••

3•3•3•3

••

3•3•3•3

••

•

•1

•1•1•1

•1••

•1

•1•1

•1

•1•1

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Shelves

Catalog For Rack Number

Number Description Size of Units4

A19SHP6 Pull-Out Shelf 19 inch (485 mm) 2

DL29SHP Pull-Out Shelf 24 inch (610 mm) 2

A19SH6 Fixed Shelf 19 inch (485 mm) 1

DL29SH Fixed Shelf 24 inch (610 mm) 1

•

•1

•

•1

•1•1•1

•1

•1•1•1

•1

•1•1

•1

•1•1

•1

•1•1

•1

•1•1

SINGLE-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

A602418SSFS

A722418SSFS

A723018SSFS

A723618SSFS

A902420SSFS

A903620SSFS

A603624SSFS

A722424SSFS

A723024SSFS

A723624SSFS

A903624SSFS

A723630SSFS

A723636SSFS

A903636SSFS

A722424SSFSDA

A723024SSFSDA

A723624SSFSDA

A903624SSFSDA

A722430SSFSDA

A722436SSFSDA

A723636SSFSDA

A903636SSFSDA

A604818SSFSD

A724818SSFSD

A726018SSFSD

A727218SSFSD

A904820SSFSD

A907220SSFSD

A724824SSFSD

A726024SSFSD

A727224SSFSD

A907224SSFSD

A726036SSFSD

A907236SSFSD

A724824SSFSDAD

A726024SSFSDAD

A727224SSFSDAD

A907224SSFSDAD

A726036SSFSDAD

TWO-DOOR

SINGLE-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

SINGLE-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

TWO-DOOR

DUAL-ACCESS

ENCLOSURES

Guides

Catalog Number

Number Description of Units4

AG1U6 Chassis Guides (2) 1

AG1U8 Chassis Guides (2) 1

•1•1•1•1•1

•1•1

•1•1•1

•1

•1•1•1

•1

Writing Surfaces

Catalog Fits

Number Description Drawer

A19WSDR Hinged Surface A-19DR2U, A-19DR4U

DL29WS Hinged Surface D-L329DR, D-L729DR

•

•1

•1•1•1

•1

•1•1

•1

•1•1

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

A30S

Application

This single-bay, solid-side stainless steel design

accepts all APX

19-inch interior mounting

components while providing unmatched

protection in highly corrosive environments.

It is typically used in food processing plants,

pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities,

petrochemical plants, pulp and paper processing,

and waste-water treatment facilities.

Construction (Standard Package)

• Enclosure body manufactured from 14 or

12 gauge Type 304 stainless steel

• Doors and covers are 14 gauge Type 304

stainless steel

• Flanged gutter provided on top of enclosure

opening to exclude liquids and contaminants

• Sides and top are solid

• Heavy duty lifing eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Front door, hinged on left, has flush

keylocking pushbutton handle (black) with a

3-point latch

• Solid screw cover on back of enclosure

• Integral side and bottom grid rails provide

flexible mounting of internal components

• Seamless foam-in-place gaskets provide a

watertight and dust-tight seal against

moisture and contaminants

• Bonding provision on enclosure door

• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel

external hardware

• No special tools required to assemble

other components or accessories

Finish

Stainless steel enclosure body, doors, sides,

covers, and top have a smooth brushed

finish. Keylocking handle is black.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Casters

Clamping Nut Kit

Clip Nut Package

Data Pocket

Drawers

Guides

Handles

Key Inserts

Lighting Package

Panels

Rack Angles

Rack Panels

Screw Package

Shelves

Slides

Tamperproof Screws and Bit

Writing Surface

Catalog Nominal Size

Number A x B x C

XFE1766SS 1714.5 x 597.9 x 554.0

(67.50 x 23.54 x 21.81)

XFE2166SS 2115.8 x 599.2 x 555.2

(83.30 x 23.59 x 21.86)

XFE2168SS 2115.8 x 599.2 x 755.4

(83.30 x 23.59 x 29.74)

XFE2188SS 2115.8 x 799.3 x 755.4

(83.30 x 31.47 x 29.74)

Assembled Package

with front door and rear cover

Inch dimension in ( ).

Catalog

Component Qty. Number

Body 1 XFEB1766SS, XFEB2166SS

XFEB2168SS, XFEB2188SS

Solid door, front 1 XDS166SS, XDS206SS, XDS208SS

Solid cover, rear 1 XCS166SS, XCS206SS, XCS208SS

Flush handle with black keylock pushbutton 1 XFHKPBBA

Summary of Components Included in Assembled APX-FE Packages

All components may be ordered separately by catalog number. Solid front doors, if ordered separately, are furnished with

hex inserts in place of standard package handle.

Catalog

Component Number

Window door, fits body 1700 x 600 XDW166SS

Window door, fits body 2100 x 600 XDW206SS

Window door, fits body 2100 x 800 XDW208SS

Additional Stainless Steel Components Available for APX-FE Enclosures

See Chapter 1, Modular Enclosures, for complete product descriptions.

Stainless Steel APX-FE Enclosures

U.S. Patents 5,172,944

5,407,263

5,380,083

5,388,903

5,292,189

343,347

German Patent DEM 93010053.2

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.65

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Four (4) Eyebolts when

B or C is > 600mm

Solid Door with

Flush Handle

Flush

Handle

Solid

Cover

Stainless Steel

Solid Cover

XCS166SS

XCS206SS

XCS208SS

Assembled

Packages

XFE1766SS

XFE2166SS

XFE2168SS

XFE2188SS

Stainless Steel

Solid Door

XDS166SS

XDS206SS

XDS208SS

Stainless Steel

Solid Door

XDS166SS

XDS206SS

XDS208SS

Stainless Steel Body

XFEB1766SS

XFEB2166SS

XFEB2168SS

XFEB2188SS

Stainless Steel

Window Door

XDW166SS

XDW206SS

XDW208SS

Stainless Steel Free-Standing

Bulletin

XFES

Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X

Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Application

Designed to house the following

flange-mounted disconnect switches

and circuit breakers:

◆Allen-Bradley

• Bulletin 1494V disconnect switches with

flange-mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms and Bulletin 1494V flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

• Bulletin 140U flexible cable operating

mechanisms for 140U molded case circuit

breakers.

Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1494V-R1, -R2, and

-W2 operating handles and Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 1494F disconnect devices or Bulletin

1494D circuit breaker operators will not fit

these enclosures.

◆ABB Controls flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms for disconnect

switches and circuit breakers.

◆Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

Type C361 disconnect switches and

operator mechanisms, and Type C371 circuit

breakers and circuit breaker operating

mechanisms. Flex Shaft™handle operators

for circuit breakers.

◆General Electric Type STDA flange

handles and variable depth operating

mechanisms for disconnect switches and

circuit breakers.Also Spectra Flex™cable

operators for circuit breakers.

◆ Siemens ITE Max-Flex™flange-mounted

variable depth operating handle for

disconnect switches and circuit breakers as

well as some fixed depth operators for

disconnect switches.

◆Square D disconnect switches and circuit

breakers used with Class 9422 flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms or cable mechanisms.

These enclosures will not receive Class 9422

bracket-mounted disconnect devices, Class

9422TG1, or TG2 devices.

Construction

• 10 gauge stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth

• Body stiffeners in larger enclosures for extra

rigidity

• Body flange trough collar excludes liquids

and contaminants

• Removable center posts permit easy

panel installation

• Heavy gauge continuous hinges

• Heavy duty 3-point latching mechanism

operated by Type 316 stainless steel

POWERGLIDE®locking handle on all doors

• Rollers on ends of latch rods for easier

door closing

• Heavy duty lifting eyes are Type 316 stainless

steel

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• 15-inch floor stands are welded to enclosure

• Provisions for mounting fluorescent light

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides oil-

tight and dust-tight seal against contaminants

• Panel supports

• Collar studs provided for mounting

optional panels

• Master door is right-hand door on X

enclosures and left-hand door on CPX

enclosures

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel handle with

defeater on master door

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel handle

(non-defeater) on slave door

• Mechanical interlock operated by master

door prevents slave door from being opened

first; doors can be closed in any order.

• Preferred cutout on right flange of

centerpost provides mounting for most

disconnect operators

• Bonding provision on doors and grounding

studs on body.

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted. Sides

and body have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Optional panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC:Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12

JIC standards EGP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

A complete assembly consists of:

1. An enclosure.

2. A panel

3. An operator adapter (see Disconnect

Enclosure Accessories in this publication

to select the proper operator adapter

for the brand and type of disconnect

being used). Please note: door hardware

is furnished with enclosure.

4. A disconnect device.

Consult the Technical Information section of this

catalog for wire bend information and

hoffmanonline.com for disconnect

manufacturer information. Disconnect switch

(or circuit breakers), operating handle, and

operating mechanism are not furnished with

enclosure.

When ordering a disconnect:

Consult Space Occupied by Disconnect

drawing on following pages to determine

whether the disconnect device you are

using will fit the enclosure size you have

selected.

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Blank Adapter Plate

Blower Package

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electric Heater

Fan Cooling Products

Lighting Kit

Operator Adapters

Panels (see table)

Window Kit

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Bulletin

A21S

U.S. Patents 5,634,357

D385,7683

IMPORTANT

Rev. A June 2003

6.67

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Standard Sizes Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X,Type 4,Type 12 Enclosures

with Provision for Disconnect Operator on Right Flange

Enclosure Enclosure Size * Panel Catalog Panel Size

Catalog Number A x B x C Number D x E

A60X4912SSLPN4 60.12 x 49.75 x 12.12 A60P48 56.00 x 44.00

(1527 x 1264 x 308) (1422 x 1118)

A60X6112SSLPN4 60.12 x 61.75 x 12.12 A60P60 56.00 x 56.00

(1527 x 1568 x 308) (1422 x 1422)

A72X6112SSLPN4 72.12 x 61.75 x 12.12 A72P60 68.00 x 56.00

(1832 x 1568 x 308) (1727 x 1422)

A72X7312SSLPN4 72.12 x 73.75 x 12.12 A72P72 68.00 x 68.00

(1832 x 1873 x 308) (1727 x 1727)

A60X4918SSLPN4 60.12 x 49.75 x 18.12 A60P48 56.00 x 44.00

(1527 x 1264 x 460) (1422 x 1118)

A60X6118SSLPN4 60.12 x 61.75 x 18.12 A60P60 56.00 x 56.00

(1527 x 1568 x 460) (1422 x 1422)

A72X6118SSLPN4 72.12 x 61.75 x 18.12 A72P60 68.00 x 56.00

(1832 x 1568 x 460) (1727 x 1422)

A72X7318SSLPN4 72.12 x 73.75 x 18.12 A72P72 68.00 x 68.00

(1832 x 1873 x 460) (1727 x 1727)

A72X7324SSLPN4 72.12 x 73.75 x 24.12 A72P72 68.00 x 68.00

(1832 x 1873 x 613) (1727 x 1727)

Standard Sizes Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X,Type 4,Type 12 Enclosures

with Provision for Disconnect Operator on Centerpost

Enclosure Enclosure Size * Panel Catalog Panel Size

Catalog Number A x B x C Number D x E

A60CPX4812SSLPN4 60.12 x 48.50 x 12.12 A60P48 56.00 x 44.00

(1527 x 1232 x 308) (1422 x 1118)

A60CPX6012SSLPN4 60.12 x 60.50 x 12.12 A60P60 56.00 x 56.00

(1527 x 1537 x 308) (1422 x 1422)

A72CPX7212SSLPN4 72.12 x 72.50 x 12.12 A72P72 68.00 x 68.00

(1832 x 1841 x 308) (1727 x 1727)

A72CPX7218SSLPN4 72.12 x 72.50 x 18.12 A72P72 68.00 x 68.00

(1832 x 1841 x 460) (1727 x 1727)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Bulletin

A21S

Stainless Steel Disconnect Floor-Mount

Disconnect Enclosures with Preferred

Cutout

Preferred cutout requires an operator

adapter for the brand and type of disconnect

being used. See Disconnect Enclosure

Accessories to select the proper operator

adapter.

Rev. A June 2003

NOTES: 1. Panels are 10 gauge steel. Right door is master door.

2. Right door includes removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

■Disconnect Operator on the Right Flange

Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X

Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Rev. A June 2003

6.69

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Panels are 10 gauge steel. Left door is master door.

2. Left door includes removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

■Disconnect Operator on the Centerpost Flange

Bulletin

A21S

Stainless Steel Disconnect Floor-Mount

Rev. B September 2003

Two-Door Stainless Steel Type 4X

Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Space Occupied by Disconnect

Consult disconnect manufacturer or see Disconnect Ordering

Information at hoffmanonline.com for F1, G1, and W1 dimensions

of various brands of disconnects.

6.71

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

A21S

Stainless Steel Disconnect Floor-Mount

NOTE: Disconnects will occupy space on

panel shown by dimensions E1, F1,

G1, and K.Wiring Space W1 is

available when disconnect is

installed in the enclosure. See the

Technical Information section of

this catalog for E1 Spacing by

Enclosure Height for various

disconnect switch manufacturers.

Refer to National Electrical Code®2002

article 430-10(b) for wiring space required for

line side conductors to be connected to

disconnect. Verify your application to

determine if wiring space is adequate.

All 24.12-inch (613mm) and deeper enclosures using short connecting rods in the

following models require a Hoffman platform assembly, catalog number ADSCPA, purchased

separately.

◆ ABB Controls flange-operated devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C361 devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C371 mechanisms which use C371E, F, G, K operating mechanism

(see next paragraph for option)

◆ General Electric Type TDA devices (see next paragraph for option)

◆ Square D Class 9422 devices (see next paragraph for option)

The platform assembly can be omitted if long connecting rods are ordered in place of short

connecting rods.

◆ For Cutler-Hammer operating mechanisms C371E and C371F order catalog number

C371CS1 connecting rod. For C371G and C371K order catalog number C371CS2

connecting rod.

◆ For General Electric devices, order catalog number TDSR extended length drive rod

◆ For Square D devices, order catalog number 9422-R2 extra long operating rod(s).

Some devices require two rods.

Consult factory for space occupied on panel when platform is used.

Rev. B October 2004

Stainless Steel Heavy Duty Free-Standing Type

4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

IMPORTANT

Application

Designed to house the following

flange-mounted disconnect switches and

circuit breakers:

◆Allen-Bradley

• Bulletin 1494V disconnect switches with

flange-mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms and Bulletin 1494V flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

• Bulletin 140U flexible cable operating

mechanisms for 140U molded case circuit

breakers.

Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1494V-R1, -R2, and

-W2 operating handles and Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 1494F disconnect devices or Bulletin

1494D circuit breaker operators will not fit

these enclosures.

◆ABB Controls flange-mounted variable-

depth operating mechanisms for disconnect

switches and circuit breakers.

◆Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

Type C361 disconnect switches and

operator mechanisms. Flex Shaft™handle

operators for circuit breakers.

◆General Electric Type STDA flange

handles and variable depth operating

mechanisms for disconnect switches and

circuit breakers.Also Spectra Flex™cable

operators for circuit breakers.

◆ Siemens ITE Max-Flex™flange-mounted

variable depth operating handle for

disconnect switches and circuit breakers as

well as some fixed depth operators for

disconnect switches.

◆Square D disconnect switches and circuit

breakers used with Class 9422 flange-

mounted variable-depth operating

mechanisms or cable mechanisms.

These enclosures will not receive Class 9422

bracket-mounted disconnect devices or

Class 9422TG1 or TG2 devices.

Construction

• 10 gauge stainless steel

• Seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Body stiffeners in larger enclosures for

extra rigidity

• Body flange trough collar excludes liquids and

contaminants.

• Heavy duty lifting eyes anchor into

reinforced top

• Removable centerposts permit easy

panel installation

• Heavy gauge continuous hinges

• Heavy duty 3-point latching mechanism

operated by Type 316 stainless steel

POWERGLIDE®padlocking handle on all

doors

• Ends of latch rods have rollers for easier

door closing

• Panel supports

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides oil-

tight and dust-tight seal against contaminants

• Removable 10 gauge steel panels mount on

collar studs

• Master door is far right-hand door on

all enclosures

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel handle with

defeater on master door

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel handle

(non-defeater) on master door

• Mechanical interlock activated by master

door prevents slave doors from being

opened first. Doors can be closed in any

order.

• Preferred cutout on right flange provides

mounting for most disconnect operators

• Bonding provision on doors and grounding

studs on body

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted. Sides

and body have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12

JIC standards EGP-1-1967 and EMP-1-1967

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Standard single-door and three-door enclosures are

also available.

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Blank Adapter Plate

Blower Package

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electric Heater

Fan Cooling Products

Floor Stand Kit

Lighting Kit

Operator Adapters

Panels, Replacement

Window Kit

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Drip shield

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

U.S. Patents 5,634,357

D385,7683

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

A complete assembly consists of:

1. An enclosure.

2. A panel

3. An operator adapter (see Disconnect

Enclosure Accessories in this publication

to select the proper operator adapter

for the brand and type of disconnect

being used). Please note: door hardware

is furnished with enclosure.

4. A disconnect device.

Consult the Technical Information section of this

catalog for wire bend information and

hoffmanonline.com for disconnect

manufacturer information. Disconnect switch

(or circuit breakers), operating handle, and

operating mechanism are not furnished with

enclosure.

When ordering a disconnect:

Consult Space Occupied by Disconnect

drawing on following pages to determine

whether the disconnect device you are

using will fit the enclosure size you have

selected.

Rev. A June 2003

6.73

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Disconnect Free-Standing

Bulletin

A28S

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Single-Door Enclosures

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C * Panel Size

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm)

A72XM2818SSN4 72.12 x 28.25 x 18.12 (1832 x 718 x 460) 60.00 x 21.75 (1524 x 552)

A72XM3418SSN4 72.12 x 34.25 x 18.12 (1832 x 870 x 460) 60.00 x 27.75 (1524 x 705)

A72XM4018SSN4 72.12 x 40.25 x 18.12 (1832 x 1022 x 460) 60.00 x 33.75 (1524 x 857)

A84XM4018SSN4 84.12 x 40.25 x 18.12 (2137 x 1022 x 460) 72.00 x 33.75 (1829 x 857)

A90XM4018SSN4 90.12 x 40.25 x 18.12 (2289 x 1022 x 460) 78.00 x 33.75 (1981 x 857)

A90XM4020SSN4 90.12 x 40.25 x 20.12 (2289 x 1022 x 511) 78.00 x 33.75 (1981 x 857)

A84XM4024SSN4 84.12 x 40.25 x 24.12 (2137 x 1022 x 613) 72.00 x 33.75 (1829 x 857)

A90XM4024SSN4 90.12 x 40.25 x 24.12 (2289 x 1022 x 613) 78.00 x 33.75 (1981 x 857)

Number ( ) and Size of Panels

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C * Large * Small

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm) inch (mm)

A72XM3EQ18SSN4 72.12 x 100.75 x 18.12 (1832 x 2559 x 460) (1) 60.00 x 60.00 (1524 x 1524) and (1) 60.00 x 27.75 (1524 x 705)

A72XM3EW18SSN4 72.12 x 118.75 x 18.12 (1832 x 3017 x 460) (1) 60.00 x 72.00 (1524 x 1829) and (1) 60.00 x 33.75 (1524 x 857)

A84XM3EW18SSN4 84.12 x 118.75 x 18.12 (2137 x 3017 x 460) (1) 72.00 x 72.00 (1829 x 1829) and (1) 72.00 x 33.75 (1829 x 857)

A84XM3EW24SSN4 84.12 x 118.75 x 24.12 (2137 x 3017 x 613) (1) 72.00 x 72.00 (1829 x 1829) and (1) 72.00 x 33.75 (1829 x 857)

A90XM3EW24SSN4 90.12 x 118.75 x 24.12 (2289 x 3017 x 613) (1) 78.00 x 72.00 (1981 x 1829) and (1) 78.00 x 33.75 (1981 x 857)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Three-Door Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels are furnished with enclosure.

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C * Panel Size

Catalog Number inch (millimeter) inch (mm)

A72XM5418SSN4 72.12 x 54.50 x 18.12 (1832 x 1384 x 460) 60.00 x 48.00 (1524 x 1219)

A72XM6618SSN4 72.12 x 66.50 x 18.12 (1832 x 1670 x 460) 60.00 x 60.00 (1524 x 1524)

A72XM7818SSN4 72.12 x 78.50 x 18.12 (1832 x 1994 x 460) 60.00 x 72.00 (1524 x 1829)

A84XM7818SSN4 84.12 x 78.50 x 18.12 (2137 x 1994 x 460) 72.00 x 72.00 (1829 x 1829)

A90XM7818SSN4 90.12 x 78.50 x 18.12 (2289 x 1994 x 460) 78.00 x 72.00 (1981 x 1829)

A90XM7820SSN4 90.12 x 78.50 x 20.12 (2289 x 1994 x 511) 78.00 x 72.00 (1981 x 1829)

A72XM7824SSN4 72.12 x 78.50 x 24.12 (1832 x 1994 x 613) 60.00 x 72.00 (1524 x 1829)

A84XM7824SSN4 84.12 x 78.50 x 24.12 (2137 x 1994 x 613) 72.00 x 72.00 (1829 x 1829)

A90XM7824SSN4 90.12 x 78.50 x 24.12 (2289 x 1994 x 613) 78.00 x 72.00 (1981 x 1829)

Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Two-Door Enclosures

■Single-Door Enclosures

NOTES: 1. 10 gauge steel panel is furnished with enclosures.

See catalog number tables for size.

2. Door has removable 12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm)

data pocket.

Stainless Steel Heavy Duty Free-Standing Type

4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Rev. A June 2003

6.75

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Disconnect Free-Standing

Bulletin

A28S

■Two-Door Enclosures

NOTES: 1. 10 gauge steel panel is furnished with enclosures.

See catalog number tables for size.

2. Right door is master door and includes a removable

12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm) data pocket.

Rev. A June 2003

Stainless Steel Heavy Duty Free-Standing Type

4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

■Three-Door Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Two 10 gauge steel panels are furnished

with enclosure; see catalog number

tables for sizes.

2. Right door is master door. All doors

hinged on left include a removable

12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm) data

pocket.

Rev. A June 2003

6.77

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Disconnect Free-Standing

Bulletin

A28S

Space Occupied by Disconnects

Disconnects will occupy space on panel

shown by dimensions E1, F, and G1.

Wiring space W1 is available when

disconnect is installed in the enclosure.

See the Technical Information section of this

catalog for E1 Spacing by Enclosure Height

for various disconnect switch manufacturers.

Refer to National Electrical Code®2002

article 430-10(b) for wiring space required

for line side conductors to be connected

to disconnect.

Verify your application to determine if

wiring space is adequate.

■Single-Door Enclosures ■Two-Door Enclosures ■Three-Door Enclosures

Space behind removable

centerpost Space behind removable

centerpost Space behind solid

centerpost

Consult disconnect

manufacturer or see

Disconnect Ordering

Information at

hoffmanonline.com for

F1, G1, and W1

dimensions of various

brands of disconnects.

All 24.12-inch (613mm) and deeper enclosures using short connecting rods in the

following models require a Hoffman platform assembly, catalog number ADSCPA, purchased

separately.

◆ ABB Controls flange-operated devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C361 devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C371 mechanisms which use C371E, F, G, K operating mechanism

(see next paragraph for option)

◆ General Electric Type TDA devices (see next paragraph for option)

◆ Square D Class 9422 devices (see next paragraph for option)

The platform assembly can be omitted if long connecting rods are ordered in place of short

connecting rods.

◆ For Cutler-Hammer operating mechanisms C371E and C371F order catalog number

C371CS1 connecting rod. For C371G and C371K order catalog number C371CS2

connecting rod.

◆ For General Electric devices, order catalog number TDSR extended length drive rod

◆ For Square D devices, order catalog number 9422-R2 extra long operating rod(s).

Some devices require two rods.

Consult factory for space occupied on panel when platform is used.

Rev. A June 2003

Adapter

Catalog Number Brand and Type of Operator

APCABVA Allen-Bradley 1494V

APCCHVA Cutler-Hammer C361, C371 and C371 Flex Shaft™

APCGETDA General Electric STDA

APCITE Siemens ITE Max-Flex™

APCSDA Square D Class 9422 (variable depth and cable mechanism)

Blank Adapter Plate

Used to cover flange cutouts in disconnect

enclosures when disconnects are not installed.

Hoffman adapter plates are made from heavy

gauge Type 304 stainless steel and have an oil-

resistant gasket to maintain the dust-tight and

oil-tight qualities of the enclosure.The plates

have a #4 brushed finish.All necessary

mounting hardware and instructions are

included.

Product Selection Operator Adapters for Preferred Cutouts

Catalog Number For Enclosure Bulletin Number

A2128BAPSS A19S, CWS, A21S, and A28S with preferred cutouts

Product Selection Blank Adapter Plate

APCABVA Operator Adapter

Disconnect Enclosure Accessories

Operator Adapters

Used on all Hoffman disconnect enclosures

with preferred cutout for disconnect.

An operator adapter is required to install a

disconnect in bulletins A21S and A28S

Hoffman enclosures that have a preferred

cutout. Operator adapters include

components needed to interlock the master

door with the disconnect operating

mechanism. Panel drilling and installation

instructions are furnished with each operator

adapter.

Each brand and type of disconnect requires a

different operator adapter. Be sure to select

the proper operator adapter and enclosure

for the disconnect that you have selected.

6.79

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Disconnect Floor-Mount/Free-Standing

Enclosure Stabilizers

Prevents injury to workers by stabilizing floor-

mounted enclosures that are not bolted

down.To install, slip the stabilizer under the

floor stand and tighten two thumb screws.

Made from .19-inch (5mm) steel plate.

Bright orange finish.

Catalog Number Description

AENST Two stabilizers

Product Selection Enclosure Stabilizers

Bulletins

A28S,A80

Platform Assembly

The Platform Assembly is a 6.00 in. (152mm)

high spacer that is required with all 24.12 in.

(613mm) and deeper disconnect enclosures

when short connecting rods are used with

the following disconnect models.

◆ ABB Controls flange-operated devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C361 devices

◆ Cutler-Hammer C371 mechanisms which

use C371E, F, G, K operating mechanism

(see next paragraph for option)

◆ General Electric Type TDA devices (see

next paragraph for option)

◆ Square D Class 9422 devices (see next

paragraph for option)

The platform assembly can be omitted if

long connecting rods are ordered in place

of short connecting rods.

◆ For Cutler-Hammer operating

mechanisms C371E and C371F order

catalog number C371CS1 connecting rod.

For C371G and C371K order catalog

number C371CS2 connecting rod.

◆ For General Electric devices, order

catalog number TDSR

extended length drive rod

◆ For Square D devices, order catalog

number 9422-R2 extra long operating

rod(s). Some devices require two rods.

Consult factory for space occupied on panel

when platform is used.

Catalog Number Description

ADSCPA Set of 4 rods and mounting hardware

CONCEPT

Stainless Steel Console

Back

Panel

Catalog Catalog Back Panel Data

Number A x B x C Number* Height x Width F P Q R S T U V W Pocket**

CFC382416SS 38.00 x 24.00 x 15.00 CP3624 34.20 x 22.20 14.57 22.40 18.40 22.37 30.44 19.82 3.79 20º 20.00 Small

(965 x 610 x 381) (869 x 564) (370) (569) (467) (568) (773) (503) (96) (508)

CFC383616SS 38.00 x 36.00 x 15.00 CP3636 34.20 x 34.20 14.57 34.40 18.40 22.37 30.44 19.82 3.79 20º 20.00 Large

(965 x 914 x 381) (869 x 869) (370) (874) (467) (568) (773) (503) (96) (508)

CFC482423SS 48.00 x 24.00 x 18.00 CP2442 40.20 x 22.20 17.57 22.40 23.36 28.35 35.35 23.84 2.54 30º 24.00 Large

(1219 x 610 x 457) (1021 x 564) (446) (569) (593) (720) (898) (606) (64) (610)

CFC483623SS 48.00 x 36.00 x 18.00 CP4236 40.20 x 34.20 17.57 34.40 23.36 28.35 35.35 23.84 2.54 30º 24.00 Large

(1219 x 914 x 457) (1021 x 869) (446) ( 874) (593) (720) (898) (606) (64) (610)

Construction Configured Assembly

• 14 gauge Type 304 stainless steel one-piece

construction

• All seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Ergonomically designed for sitting or standing

operation (lower profile allows operator

unrestricted view of control process)

• Solid bottom

• 20º slope top cover for 38.00-inch (965mm)

tall console or 30º top cover for 48.00-inch

(1219mm) console

• Quarter-turn stainless steel latches hold top

cover securely closed

• Stops hold top cover open at 90º

• Integral water-shedding trough

• Optional back panel mounted on collar studs

• Optional side panels (mounted to collar

studs) expand equipment mounting space

• Tool-to-open 3-point latch on front access

door; door is removable and reversible;

170° full-access opening

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket provides a

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Grounding stud on body

• Bonding provision on door

• Provision for data pocket on lower front

door. See table for size.

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Sides, top, and back

have smooth #4 brushed finish.

Application

Designed to house electrical and electronic

controls, instruments, and components. Heavy

duty construction provides protection from

dust, dirt, oil, and water. Pushbuttons, pilot

lights, meters, switches, etc. can be mounted on

the sloping control panel. Interior components

can be mounted on stationary panels located

on sides and back of enclosure.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Data Pocket

Door Stop Kit

Handles and Latches

Key Inserts

Panels

Rack Angles

Thermal Accessories

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Back panel must be ordered separately.

** Data Pocket must be ordered separately. See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Standard Sizes CONCEPT

Stainless Steel Console

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.81

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Consoles

Bulletin

C1S

Catalog

Number Description

AC4M6SV Caster kit, swivel

(2 casters per kit)•

AC4M6ST Caster kit, stationary

(2 casters per kit)•

CCPK15 Caster plate kit, 15-inch

(2 plates per kit)

CCPK18 Caster plate kit, 18-inch

(2 plates per kit)

Standard Sizes Side Panels

Catalog

Number D E G

CPC3816 27.15 13.65 4.33

(690) (347) (110)

CPC4823 31.57 16.65 3.54

(802) (423) (40)

•Order two swivel caster kits or one swivel

caster kit plus one stationary caster kit.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

NOTE: One panel per kit. Two kits required if a panel is

needed on each side.

APX-FC Free-Standing Console

Application

The APX-FC is an alternative for applications

requiring a single console unit.The console is

configured around a single-piece, free-standing

console unit with a 5-degree sloped top.

Front and back covers and doors are added to

complete the configuration. Each free-standing

unit has an accessory front for options such as

keyboards, control compartments, or writing

surfaces. Full rear opening provides maximum

mounting space and easy access to interior of

console. Full or partial subpanels can be used

for mounting equipment.Also accommodates

19-inch rack mounting with rack angles.

Construction Configured Assembly

• Solid Type 304 stainless steel one-piece

construction

• Side walls have permanently mounted

14 gauge stainless steel full panel stiffener

for added rigidity

• All seams continuously welded and

ground smooth

• Solid sides, top, and bottom

• All openings have outward flanges to divert

liquids

• Interior sides have rails with hole patterns

for full range of APX®rack, subpanel,

or grid system equipment mounting

• Bottom interior has horizontal rails with

hole patterns for subpanels, transformer

rails, and other accessories

• 5º slope on top upper front

• Optional front and rear covers and doors

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket on all doors

• Front openings accept a variety of doors,

covers, and stainless steel APX®accessory

front options

• Exterior mounting for all cover and

door options

• Full rear opening provides maximum

mounting space and easy access to

interior components

• Lower front and rear openings include

mounting blocks for hinging doors on right

or left side.

• Optional full or partial subpanel

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted.

External surfaces have a smooth #4 brushed

finish.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

IEC 60529, IP65

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Accessory Front Options

Casters

Covers

Data Pocket

Doors

Grid Straps and Fasteners

Handle Kit

Handles and Latches

Key Inserts

180º Hinge Kit

Panels

Rack Angles

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Doors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Standard accessories

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Nominal

Catalog -metric-

Number A x B x C B

XFC1466SS 1400 x 600 x 600 23.53

(597.7)

XFC1486SS 1400 x 800 x 600 31.40

(797.6)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

6.83

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Consoles

Bulletin

X10S

Rear Covers and Doors

Covers and Doors for Upper Front

Accessory

Front

Options

APX-FC Free-Standing

Console Body

Two Widths —

Covers and Doors for

Lower Front

600mm 800mm

APX-FC Components

APX®components are available to fit this enclosure package. See the following

pages for complete descriptions, dimensional information, and catalog numbers

for ordering.

Covers for Upper Front

Front covers for the upper

top opening are available solid,

or with specific operator

inter-face cutouts (see next page)

14 gauge steel Type 304 stainless

steel construction. Cover has a

smooth #4 brushed finish and four semi-flush

cover screws. Seamless foam-in-place gasket

assures watertight and dust-tight seal. Covers

include bonding provision.All mounting

hardware is furnished.

APX-FC Free-Standing Console

Catalog

Number Description H W M N

XDW56FSS Stainless steel 19.96 23.30 12.44 16.89

window door (507.0) (591.8) (316.0) (429.0)

XDW58FSS Stainless steel 19.96 31.16 12.44 24.77

window door (507.0) (791.5) (316.0) (629.2)

Doors for Upper Front

Solid door or smoked glass

window door for upper top

opening is hinged at lower

edge. Solid 14 gauge Type 304

stainless steel construction.

Door has a smooth #4 brushed

finish. Doors have two semi-flush screws and

two quarter-turn latches along top edge.

Mounting hardware and stop arm assembly to

hold door at 95 degrees (horizontal) from

closed position are included. Seamless foam-

in-place gasket assures watertight and dust-

tight seal.Windows are .25-inch-thick

polycarbonate with a smoke gray tint. Bonding

provision is provided.

Catalog

Number Description H W

XDS56FSS Stainless steel 19.96 23.30

solid door (507.0) (591.8)

XDS58FSS Stainless steel 19.96 31.16

solid door (507.0) (791.5)

Catalog

Number H W

XCS56FSS 19.96 23.30

(507.0) (591.8)

XCS58FSS 19.96 31.16

(507.0) (791.5)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

C2695-1

6.85

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

X10S

Catalog

Number H W

XCS76SS 25.19 23.30

(639.8) (591.8)

XCS78SS 25.19 31.16

(639.8) (791.5)

Catalog

Number H W

XDS76SS 25.19 23.30

(639.8) (591.8)

XDS78SS 25.19 31.16

(639.8) (791.5)

Catalog

Number H W M N

XDW76SS 5.19 23.30 20.60 16.72

(639.8) (591.8) (523.2) (424.7)

Covers for Lower Front

Solid 14 gauge Type 304

stainless steel construction.

Cover has a smooth #4

brushed finish. Seamless foam-

in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal.

Semi-flush cover screws attach cover to

console front. A bonding provision is

provided.Tamper-resistant screws are

available.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

Consoles

Doors for Lower Front

14 gauge Type 304 stainless

steel construction with foam-

in-place gasket. Doors can be

hinged on right or left. Doors

have a smooth #4 brushed

finish. Doors have 10mm hex

insert, 2-point latch, and provisions for a large

data pocket. Hidden hinges attach to mounting

blocks for 140-degree swing (180-degree

hinge is available). Hinges have retained hinge

pins.

Doors with Windows for Lower Front

Door can be hinged on right

or left side. Hinges have

retained hinge pins.Window

door has flush pushbutton

handle with keylock and a

polycarbonate window that is

.25-inch thick with a smoke gray tint.

APX-FC Free-Standing Console

Catalog

Number Description H W

XDS136SS Stainless steel door 52.38 23.30

(1330.5) (591.8)

XDS138SS Stainless steel door 52.38 31.16

(1330.5) (791.5)

Catalog

Number Description H W

X-CS136SS Stainless steel cover 52.38 23.30

(1330.5) (591.8)

X-CS138SS Stainless steel cover 52.38 31.16

(1330.5) (791.5)

Accessories for Solid Single Doors include:

Flush Handles, keyed XFHK or FFHKBL

Flush Handles, padlocking XFHP or XFHPBL

Flush Handles, diecast padlocking XFHPA or XFHPBLA

Flush Handles, pushbutton keyed XFHKPB or XFHKPBB

Flush Handles, pushbutton nonlock XFHNLPB or XFHKNLPBB

Flush Handles, doublebit keyed XFHDBK3 or XFHDBK3B

Flush Handles, diecast keylock pushbutton XFHKPBA or XFHKPBBA

Key Insert, triangle XKOTM7

Key Insert, square XKOTSM7

Bezel/Hex Insert, gray XFBHM10

Bezel/Hex Insert, black XFBHM10B

Hex Insert Key XKOHM10

Keylocking “L” Handle, gray XLHK

Keylocking “L” Handle, black XLHKB

Data Pocket XDP2C

180° Hinge Kit XH180

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not

convert metric dimensions to inch.

Covers and Doors for Console Rear

14 gauge Type 304 stainless

steel construction. Covers and

doors have a smooth #4

brushed finish. Foam-in-place

gasket. Covers attach to

console with semi-flush screws.

Doors can be hinged on left or right side.

Doors have standard 10mm hex insert with a

3-point latch. Other handles or inserts are

available. Doors have provision for a

large data pocket.

6.87

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

X20S

Consoles

Accessory Front Options

A variety of keyboard compartments and

shelves, control compartments, and writing

surfaces is available. Each one is designed to

fit into the accessory front opening of the

APX-FC console. An access cover is available

for applications not requiring a keyboard or

controls. For more information on any of

these options, see Chapter 12, General

Accessories.

NOTE: Keyboard compartments meet

Type 12 requirements only.

Internal and External Accessories

Numerous accessories are available for

mounting equipment inside an APX-FC

console.These include panels, shelves, and

rack mounting accessories.There are also

external accessories such as door handles and

base options. A summary list follows. For

more detailed information on each of these

products see hoffmanonline.com.

Full Subpanel

Partial Subpanel

Side-Mounting Kit for Subpanels

Swing-Out Panel Mounting Kit

Frame Shelves

Frame Brackets

Center Upright

Grounding Bar System

Grid System

Rack Angles

Accessories for Rack Angles

Base Accessories

Door Accessories

Casters

Access Covers Description Fits

XCSA6SS Stainless steel 600

XCSA8SS Stainless steel 800

45° Control

Compartments Description Fits

XC45A6SS Stainless steel 600

XC45A8SS Stainless steel 800

Consolet

Compartments Description Fits

XCDS6SS Stainless steel 600

XCDS8SS Stainless steel 800

Keyboard

Compartment Description Fits

XKBC6B Steel, black 600

20° Control

Compartments Description Fits

XC20A6SS Stainless steel 600

XC20A8SS Stainless steel 800

Writing Desks Description Fits

XWD6SS Stainless steel 600

XWD8SS Stainless steel 800

Keyboard compartment meets Type 12 requirements only.

APX-FC Console

A B C Solid Base, 100mm Base Stabilizer

APX-FC Free-Standing Console

Selection Matrix

1400 600 600 XCS56FSS XDS56FSS XDW56FSS

1400 800 600 XCS58FSS XDS58FSS XDW58FSS

APX-FC Console Upper Front

A B C Upper Front Cover Upper Front Solid Door Window Door

Component Selection Matrix Front and Rear Options

Front Options

1400 600 600 XCSA6SS XC45A6SS XWD6SS

1400 800 600 XCSA8SS XC45A8SS XWD8SS

A B C Access Cover 45° Compartment Writing Desk

Accessory Front Options

1400 600 600 XB166SS XBS6SS

1400 800 600 XB186SS XBS8SS

A B C Rear Cover Rear Door

1400 600 600 XCS136SS XDS136SS

1400 800 600 XCS138SS XDS138SS

Rear Options

Component Selection Matrix External and Internal Accessories

External Accessories

(Front) (Back)

Full Full Partial Subpanel Swing-Out

A B C Subpanels Subpanels Subpanels Mounting Kit Panel Kit Grid System g

1400 600 600 XPF76 XPF146 XPP__6 eXMKPF or XMKP aXSP6

XGH__S6 and XGH6P6

1400 800 600 XPF78 XPF148 XPP__8 fXMKPF or XMKP aXSP8

XGH__S6 and XGH6P8

Internal Accessories

aFor mounting appropriate 600mm wide subpanel (either

partial or full height) on side.

bFits when grid straps are installed.

cAlso XSFP88, XSFP88LR, and XSFP88C fit rear opening only.

d Fits 45° control compartment, 20° control compartment,

and consolet compartment.

eAccommodates XPP46, XPP86, XPP96, XPP106, XPP116.

fAccommodates XPP48, XPP88, XPP98, XPP108.

gOrder fastener package XGFM6.

Rev. B September 2003

6.89

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Consoles

XC20A6SS XCDS6SS XKBC6 or XKBC6B 1400 600 600

XC20A8SS XCDS8SS 1400 800 600

20° Control Consolet Keyboard

Compartment Compartment Compartment A B C

APX-FC Console

Levelers Casters Handles A B C

XLM10 XC1M10 or XC4M6 PUHK 1400 600 600

XLM10 XC1M10 or XC4M6 PUHK 1400 800 600

Grounding Bar Transformer Swing-Out Frame Frame Printer Pencil

System Rails Rack Frame Shelf Brackets Shelf Tray dABC

Component Selection Matrix External and Internal Accessories

External Accessories

Internal Accessories

Other Internal Accessories: Rack Angles

Use frame brackets XFB8T6 to install these rack angles in 800mm wide consoles.

XRA76TP

XRA1TH

XRA12TH

XRA76TH

XRA3TH

XRA13TH

XRA86TP

XRA6TH

XRA14TH

XRA86TH

XRA7TH

XRA17TH

XRA9TH

Accessories for Rack Angles include:

Drawers A19DR2U and A19DR4U

Drawer Writing Surface A19WDSR

Guides XSFG,AG1U5, and AG1U6

Slides A16SL2U

Fixed Shelf A19SH5 and A19SH6

Pull-Out Shelf A19SHP6

Rack Panels A19RP____ (23 models)

Screw Package AS1032 or XSM5

Clip Nut Package (Type “TH” only) AN1032 or XNM5

XGS__K XTR6 XSFP46 or XSFP48

XFSH64

or XFSH66

XFB62U XPSH66 XCPL6 1400 600 600

XGS__K XTR6 or XTR8 XSFP48, -LR, -C c

XFSH84

or XFSH86

XFB8T6 or XFB82U XPSH86 XCPL8 1400 800 600

Component Selection Matrix Front and Rear Options

XCS76SS XDS76SS 1400 600 600

XCS78SS XDS78SS 1400 800 600

APX-FC Console

Lower Front Cover Lower Front Door A B C

PROLINE®Stainless Steel

Operator Interface Enclosures

Sizes: PROLINE®Stainless Steel Operator

Interface Enclosures fit most popular operator

interface models.The basic enclosure has an

ergonomically sloped front that positions the

screen for easy viewing.

Accessories: The front of the enclosure can

be completed with a solid cover, solid door, or

window door.A solid cover or access door

can be selected for the back. Solid or cutout

bases for pedestal mounting are available.

Handle and locking options are offered for all

doors.

Available with an additional front opening to

accommodate several accessory front options.

Equipment Mounting: Grid straps, rack

angles, and panels are available for all enclosure

sizes. Large front and rear openings provide

easy access.

Enclosure Mounting: The PROLINE®system

includes a stainless steel pedestal with optional

extension.The enclosure can also be placed on

a table or other horizontal surface.

rotection from the Harshest

Environment

: PROLINE®Stainless Steel

Operator Interface Enclosures meet tough UL

and CSA Type 4X standards (IP 66). Enclosures

are constructed of Type 304 stainless steel

with stainless steel external hardware. Foam-

in-place gasketing provides a tight, consistent

seal.

See PROLINE® Sloped Top OI Enclosures in

Chapter 2 for more information and catalog

order numbers.

PROLINE®Stainless Steel Operator

Interface Enclosures provide a

comprehensive system for housing

operator interface computers and

related control devices in corrosive

environments.With these

enclosures you can develop a

customized solution that meets

your application's requirements

exactly, including UL/CSA

Type 4X protection.

6.91

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Consoles

Cover and Doors for rear

of Sloped Top pages 2.42, 2.43

Cover and Doors for

front of Sloped Top

pages 2.40, 2.41

Accessory Front

Options page 2.51

Base with Cutout

page 2.59

Joining Kit

page 2.66

Extension

pages 2.60,

2.61

Pedestals page 2.56, 2.60

(use with Base with Cutout)

700mm Frame page 2.64

Bases page 2.58

•0mm Solid Base

•100mm Solid Base

PROLINE®

Sloped Top

page 2.38

PROLINE®Sloped Top

with Accessory Front

page 2.38

PROLINE®Operator Interface Enclosure System

Numerous PROLINE®components are available in stainless

steel. See the pages listed here for complete descriptions,

dimensional information, and catalog numbers for ordering.

For optional stainless steel pendant arm mounting

options, see Hoffman CS480 and CS600 options on

pages 2.94-2.109.

Suspended from above using

COMPACT® Pendant Arms

pages 2.80-2.91 (use support bracket)

COMPACT® Swivel Tilt

page 2.85

Flange Coupling

page 2.84

Support Bracket page 2.59

(required for pendant arm application)

Accessory handles

page 2.63

Flange Coupling

page 2.84

Swivel Tilt

page 2.57

Swivel

page 2.57

COMPACT® Pendant

Arm mounted from

below page 2. 80-2.91

Wall-Mount Kit

page 2.58

(use joining kit)

Base for

Sloped Top

page 2.58

(required for

overhead suspension in

pendant arm application)

Support Bracket

page 2.59

Stainless Steel PROLINE-PC Package

Finish

External components have a smooth #4

brushed finish.

External doors, sides, top, and base are Type

304 stainless steel.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 12

NEMA Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP55

VDE IP55

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Accessory Fronts

Casters

Covers

Data Pocket

Doors

Grid Straps and Fasteners

Handle Kit

Handles and Latches

Key Inserts

180º Hinge Kit

Panels

Rack Angles

PROLINE-PC Modular Enclosure

This enclosure offers effective protection for

computer systems in industrial environments.

Three sealed compartments within the

enclosure can be used to protect computer

monitors, keyboards, CPUs, printers, and other

peripheral equipment.

The 19-inch diagonal top window door, hinged

on the left, offers viewing access for a variety

of monitor sizes and has a small flush swing

handle with keylock for system security.

The vented frame shelf in the top

compartment is constructed of 16 gauge steel

and is finished with RAL 7035 textured light

gray polyester powder paint.

The PROLINE

keyboard compartment

includes a locking feature, an angled palm rest,

a cable access port for wiring, and integral

mouse pad holders for left-handed or right-

handed persons.

The bottom compartment includes a solid

door hinged on the left with a small flush

swing handle with keylocking.This

compartment can be used to install computer

equipment, panel mounted equipment, or rack

mounted control systems.

The frame is enclosed with solid sides, a solid

top, and a 100mm solid base.

A rear mounted solid door with a keylocking

flush swing handle offers rear access to the

computer equipment and wiring.

For more information, see PROLINE

Assembled Enclosures in Chapter 1.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.93

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Modular

Bulletin

P20S

Front View Side View

Top Door Opening Bottom Door Opening

Catalog Number A* B C M N P R Height Width Height Width

PPC1666SS 1688 608 599 343 365.8 585.7 1363 558.3 536.1 738.9 536.1

(66.46) (23.94) (23.58) (13.50) (14.40) (23.06) (53.66) (21.98) (21.11) (29.09) (21.11)

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* 100mm solid base is included in “A” dimension.

Standard Sizes PROLINE-PC Stainless Steel Modular Enclosures

Catalog Nominal Size

Number A x B x C

PPC1666SS 1688 x 608 x 599

(66.46 x 23.94 x 23.58)

Inch dimension in ( ).

Component Qty. Catalog Number

Frame, steel 1 PFPC1666

Solid top, stainless steel 1 PT66SS

Solid door (bottom), stainless steel 1 PDS86SS

Window door (top), stainless steel 1 PDWT86PCSS

Solid side, stainless steel 2 PSS166SS

Solid door (rear), stainless steel 1 PDS166SS

Solid base (100mm), stainless steel 1 PB166SS

Black painted keyboard compartment 1 PKBC6

Summary of Components Included in Assembled PROLINE-PC Packages

Assembled Package

Component Catalog Number

Access cover PCSA6SS

Window door (top) PDWT86PCSS

Window door (bottom) PDWG86SS

Solid cover (top) PCST86PCSS

Solid cover (bottom) PCS86SS

Solid door (top) PDST86PCSS

Solid door (bottom) PDS86SS

Consolet compartment (middle front) PCDS6SS

Additional Stainless Steel Components Available for PROLINE-PC Enclosure

Stainless Steel PROLINE-PC Package

6.95

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Optional Components

All optional components may be ordered

separately. Components labeled

may be included in an

configuration.

Stainless Steel Modular

Bulletin

P20S

NOTE:

PFPC ____ frames have three front

openings for top, center, and bottom

modular components.

Solid Side ■

Window Door ■

Keyboard ■

Compartment

Solid Door ■

■Solid Base, 100mm

■Solid Side

Solid ■

Door

■

Frame

Shelf

■Solid Top

■Frame

▲

Printer

Shelf

▲ Cable Entry

Gland Plate

▲

Solid

Cover

Standard Configuration

■Frame

■Frame Shelf, top compartment

■Keyboard Compartment

■Window Door, top front

■Solid Door, bottom front

■Solid Top

■Solid Base, 100mm

■Solid

Door, rear

■Solid Sides

Standard Configuration Optional Components

▲

■

Stainless Steel PROLINE-SY Package

Finish

Stainless steel enclosures are unpainted.

External components have a smooth #4

brushed finish.

External doors, sides, top, and base are Type

304 stainless steel.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 12

NEMA Type 12

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP55

VDE IP55

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Casters

Covers

Data Pocket

Doors

Grid Straps and Fasteners

Handle Kit

Handles and Latches

Key Inserts

180º Hinge Kit

Panels

Rack Angles

PROLINE-SY Modular Enclosure

This enclosure is designed to protect many

industrial operator interface systems.Two

sealed compartments within the enclosure can

be used to protect panel- or rack-mounted

control systems, operator interface packages,

and a variety of other electronic control

components.

• The top compartment is open and can

accommodate a variety of front cover and

door options

• Internal grid straps are factory-installed in

top compartment to provide support for

operator interfaces

• The bottom door is hinged on the left

and has an attractive keylocking flush

swing handle

• The solid rear door permits rear access to

equipment and wiring and includes a

keylocking pushbutton handle

• Standard external components include solid

sides, solid top, and a 100mm solid base

Order cover, door, or window door for

top front to complete the enclosure. Solid

covers with pre-fabricated operator interface

cutouts are available; consult Hoffman for

ordering information.

For more information, see PROLINE

Assembled Enclosures in Chapter 1.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes in subpanels

• Fasteners, mounting channel in enclosure

and subpanel

• Mounting (adds and deletes)

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Thermal management (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.97

Stainless Steel Modular

Bulletin

P20S

Inch dimensions in ( ).

NOTE:

Top and bottom door opening size:

29.09 x 21.11 (738.9 x 536.1) on 600mm wide

29.09 x 28.98 (738.9 x 736.1) on 800mm wide

Catalog Number

Stainless A B C

PSY1666SS 1688 608 599

(66.46) (23.94) (23.58)

Standard Sizes PROLINE-SY Modular Enclosures

Front View Side View

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Catalog Nominal Size

Number A x B x C

PSY1666SS 1688 x 608 x 599

(66.46 x 23.94 x 23.58)

Inch dimension in ( ).

Component Qty. Catalog Number

Frame 1 PFSY1666

Solid top, stainless steel 1 PT66SS

Solid door (rear), stainless steel 1 PDS166SS

Solid door (bottom), stainless steel 1 PDS86SS

Solid base (100mm), stainless steel 1 PBO66SS

Solid side, stainless steel 2 PSS166SS

Flush pushbutton handle (keylock) 1 PFHKBL

Small flush swing handle 1 PSHKBL

Grid system strap 1 PGH3S7

Grid system strap 1 PGH3S6

Summary of Components Included in Assembled PROLINE-SY Package

Assembled Package

Component Catalog Number

Solid doors (top/bottom) PDS86SS

Window doors (top/bottom) PDWG86SS

Solid covers PCS86SS

Solid covers with OI cutouts PCSK4

Additional Stainless Steel Components Available for PROLINE-SY Enclosure

Stainless Steel PROLINE-SY Package

6.99

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Stainless Steel Modular

Bulletin

P20S

Standard Configuration

■Frame

■Grid Straps (top compartment)

■Solid Top

■Solid Base, 100mm

■Solid Door, rear

■Solid Sides

■Solid Door, bottom front

NOTE:

PFSY ____ frames have two front openings

for top and bottom modular components.

Standard Configuration

Solid Side ■

■Solid Top

■

Solid Door

■Solid Side

▲Solid Base, 0mm

Solid Door ■

▲Solid Cover

■Frame

■Grid

Straps

■Solid Base, 100mm

Window Door ▲

Optional Components

All optional components may be ordered

separately. Components labeled

may be included in an

configuration.

Optional Components

▲

■

Solid Cover ▲

Rev. A June 2003

Application

Designed as an instrument housing or junction

box for electrical, electronic, or pneumatic

components in indoor and outdoor applica-

tions. Aluminum is particularly durable and

well-suited for use in areas where corrosion

problems exist.

Construction

• Cast aluminum; no welded seams or

sharp corners

• Captivated cover screws are stainless steel

• Cover screws placed outside sealed area

• Two to four grounding screws located on

enclosure back wall

• Oil-resistant O-ring gasket with tongue-and-

groove construction

• T

hreaded internal bosses provided for

mounting optional panels, rails, and other

components

• Mounting holes provided in corners outside

of gasketed area

Finish

RAL 7042 gray finish inside and out. Optional

panel is unpainted zinc-plated steel.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

DIN Type Rails

Hinge Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

Panels

Standard Sizes COMPACT

Aluminum Type 4X Enclosures

Enclosure External Internal * Panel

Catalog Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Panel Size Mounting

Number L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H F J K M N T

CCA886a74.9 x 80.0 67.1 x 71.9 x 47.0 CCAP88 64.0 x 69.1 52.1 x 63.0 41.4 40.9 13.0 30.0 48.0 3.6

(2.95 x 3.15) (2.64 x 2.83 x 1.85) (2.52 x 2.72) (2.05 x 2.48) (1.63) (1.61) (0.51) (1.18) (1.89) (0.14)

CCA1286a125.0 x 80.0 116.1 x 71.1 x 51.1 CCAP128 114.0 x 69.1 52.1 x 113.0 45.0 41.9 15.0 30.0 48.0 3.6

(4.92 x 3.15) (4.57 x 2.80 x 2.01) (4.49 x 2.72) (2.05 x 4.45) (1.77) (1.65) (0.59) (1.18) (1.89) (0.14)

CCA1886a175.0 x 80.0 166.9 x 71.9 x 47.0 CCAP188 164.1 x 69.1 52.1 x 163.1 41.4 40.9 13.0 30.0 48.0 3.6

(6.89 x 3.15) (6.57 x 2.83 x 1.85) (6.46 x 2.72) (2.05 x 6.42) (1.63) (1.61) (0.51) (1.18) (1.89) (0.14)

CCA12128 121.9 x 121.9 111.5 x 111.5 x 71.9 CCAP1212 109.0 x 108.2 82.0 x 105.9 63.0 59.9 20.1 52.1 — 4.1

(4.80 x 4.80) (4.39 x 4.39 x 2.83) (4.29 x 4.26) (3.23 x 4.17) (2.48) (2.36) (0.79) (2.05) (0.16)

CCA22128 220.0 x 121.9 209.5 x 111.5 x 71.9 CCAP2212 204.2 x 108.2 82.0 x 204.0 63.0 59.9 20.1 52.1 — 4.1

(8.66 x 4.80) (8.25 x 4.39 x 2.83) (8.04 x 4.26) (3.23 x 8.03) (2.48) (2.36) (0.79) (2.05) (0.16)

CCA16169 160.0 x 160.0 149.1 x 149.1 x 82.0 CCAP1616 146.0 x 146.0 110.0 x 140.0 72.9 70.1 20.1 75.9 — 4.1

(6.30 x 6.30) (5.87 x 5.87 x 3.23) (5.75 x 5.75) (4.33 x 5.51) (2.87) (2.76) (0.79) (2.99) (0.16)

CCA26169 259.8 x 160.0 248.9 x 149.1 x 82.0 CCAP2616 246.1 x 146.0 110.0 x 240.0 72.9 70.1 20.1 75.9 — 4.1

(10.23 x 6.30) (9.80 x 5.87 x 3.23) (9.69 x 5.75) (4.33 x 9.45) (2.87) (2.76) (0.79) (2.99) (0.16)

CCA36169 359.9 x 160.0 349.0 x 149.1 x 82.0 CCAP3616 346.2 x 146.0 110.0 x 340.1 72.9 70.1 20.1 75.9 — 4.1

(14.17 x 6.30) (13.74 x 5.87 x 3.23) (13.63 x 5.75) (4.33 x 13.39) (2.87) (2.76) (0.79) (2.99) (0.16)

CCA202311 199.9 x 230.1 188.5 x 218.4 x 102.6 CCAP2023 185.2 x 215.1 180.1 x 180.1 93.0 89.9 20.1 80.0 144.0 4.1

(7.87 x 9.06) (7.42 x 8.60 x 4.04) (7.29 x 8.47) (7.09 x 7.09) (3.66) (3.54) (0.79) (3.15) (5.67) (0.16)

CCA332311 329.9 x 230.1 318.5 x 218.4 x 102.1 CCAP3323 315.2 x 215.1 180.1 x 309.9 93.0 89.9 20.1 80.0 144.0 4.1

(12.99 x 9.06) (12.54 x 8.60 x 4.02) (12.41 x 8.47) (7.09 x 12.20) (3.66) (3.54) (0.79) (3.15) (5.67) (0.16)

CCA332318 329.9 x 230.1 319.0 x 218.9 x 172.0 CCAP3323 315.2 x 215.1 180.1 x 309.9 162.1 160.0 20.1 100.1 144.0 4.1

(12.99 x 9.06) (12.56 x 8.62 x 6.77) (12.41 x 8.47) (7.09 x 12.20) (6.38) (6.30) (0.79) (3.94) (5.67) (0.16)

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels must be ordered separately.

aThese enclosures have only two mounting holes.

COMPACT

Aluminum Type 4X Enclosures

Rev. A October 2004

6.101

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Aluminum Junction Boxes

Bulletin

CA1

COMPACT

Aluminum Type 4X Enclosures

Accessories

Catalog Number

CCADR8S1

CCADR12S1

CCADR18S1

CCADR12S2

CCADR22S2

CCADR16S2

CCADR26S2

CCADR36S2

CCADR20S2

CCADR33S2

CCADR60S2

Catalog Number

CCAHK

Catalog Number Description

CCAMF12 Two brackets

CCAMF16 Two brackets

CCAMF31 Four brackets

Catalog Number Panel Size D x E

CCAP88 2.52 x 2.72 (64 x 69)

CCAP128 4.49 x 2.72 (114 x 69)

CCAP188 6.46 x 2.72 (164 x 69)

CCAP1212 4.29 x 4.26 (109 x 108)

CCAP2212 8.04 x 4.26 (204 x 108)

CCAP1616 5.75 x 5.75 (146 x 146)

CCAP2616 9.69 x 5.75 (246 x 146)

CCAP3616 13.63 x 5.75 (346 x 146)

CCAP2023 7.29 x 8.47 (185 x 215)

CCAP3323 12.41 x 8.47 (315 x 215)

CCAP6031 23.05 x 11.58 (585 x 294)

DIN Type Rails

Receive terminal blocks, relays, switches, filters,

timers, and various other electrical and

electronic components. Lengths fit size of

enclosure. Depending on the type of clamp,

TS-15-(S1) or TS-35-(S2) rail is used. All DIN

rails have yellow chromate plating. Made of

zinc-plated steel.

Hinge Kit

Made of die-cast aluminum. Angle rotation

approximately 170 degrees. Mounting template

and stainless steel hardware included.Two

hinges per kit.

Mounting Bracket Kits

Mounting brackets are made of non-corrosive

12 gauge steel alloy.Two or four brackets per

kit. Stainless steel mounting screws and

installation instructions are included.

Panels

Made of clear zinc-plated steel. Permits

electro-mechanical components to be mounted

inside the enclosure.

Millimeter dimensions in ( ); do not convert metric

dimensions to inch.

6.103

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

DIN Type Rails

CCCADR8S1 l

CCADR12S1 l

CCADR18S1 l

CCADR12S2 l

CCADR22S2 l

CCADR16S2 l

CCADR26S2 l

CCADR36S2 l

CCADR20S2 l

CCADR33S2 ll

Panels

CCAP88 l

CCAP128 l

CCAP188 l

CCAP1212 l

CCAP2212 l

CCAP1616 l

CCAP2616 l

CCAP3616 l

CCAP2023 l

CCAP3323 ll

CCA332318

CCA332311

CCA202311

CCA36169

CCA26169

CCA16169

CCA22128

CCA12128

CCA1886

CCA1286

CCA886

Mounting Bracket Kit

CCAMF12 ll

CCAMF16 ll

CCAMF31 lll

Hinge Kit

CCAHK llllllll

Accessory Selection Matrix Aluminum Type 4X Enclosures

Catalog Number

Aluminum Junction Boxes

Bulletin

CA1

Application

Designed as an instrument housing or junction

box for electrical, electronic, or pneumatic

components. It is ideal for applications where a

lightweight box is required.

Construction

• Type 5052 H-32 aluminum .080-inch

(2 millimeters) thick

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Stainless steel screws and clamps secure

cover and assure dust-tight seal

• Cover removed by pulling stainless steel

continuous hinge pin

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

• Weldnuts furnished for mounting optional

panels and terminal block kits

• Specify side to be hinged when ordering

modified boxes

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover and sides of

body have smooth brushed finish. Optional

aluminum panels are unpainted. Optional steel

panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 50, File No. E27567:Type 12 and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 and Type 13

CSA File No. LL42184:Type 12

IEC 60529, IP65

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electrical Interlocks

Fast Operating Junction Box Clamp

Lock Kit

Panels (see table)

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Wiring Duct

Standard Sizes Aluminum Continuous Hinge CHAL Junction Boxes

Box * Aluminum * Steel

Catalog Box Size Panel Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size Mounting Overall

Number A x B x C Number Number D x E G x H L x W F J T V Y

A606CHAL 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6AL A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 7.50 x 6.94 3.50 3.56 5.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (191 x 176) (89) (90) (127) (8) (14)

A8064CHAL 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A8P6AL A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 9.50 x 6.94 3.50 3.56 5.00 0.25 0.62

(203 x 152 x 102) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (241 x 176) (89) (90) (127) (6) (16)

A1008CHAL 10.00 x 8.00 x 4.00 A10P8AL A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 11.50 x 8.94 3.50 3.56 7.00 0.25 0.62

(254 x 203 x 102) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (292 x 227) (89) (90) (178) (6) (16)

A12106CHAL 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 A12P10AL A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 13.50 x 10.94 5.50 5.56 9.00 0.25 0.62

(305 x 254 x 152) (273 x 225) (324 x 203) (343 x 278) (140) (141) (229) (6) (16)

A1412CHAL 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A14P12AL A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 15.50 x 12.94 5.50 5.56 11.00 0.25 0.62

(356 x 305 x 152) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (394 x 329) (140) (141) (279) (6) (16)

A1614CHAL 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 A16P14AL A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 17.50 x 14.94 5.50 5.56 13.00 0.25 0.62

(406 x 356 x 152) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (445 x 379) (140) (141) (330) (6) (16)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel panels are also available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

Aluminum Continuous Hinge

CHAL Junction Boxes

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in enclosure or

subpanel

• Mounting

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.105

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Aluminum panels are .080 in. (2mm)

thick.

2. Steel panels are 14 gauge.

3. Stainless steel panel screws are

#10-32 pan head.

View showing clamp end of box when one

clamp is used. View showing clamp end of box when two clamps

are used.When A=8.00 in. (203mm) or more, use two

clamps.

Aluminum Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A51A

* Aluminum * Steel

Box Box Size Panel Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size Mounting Overall

Catalog Number A x B x C Number Number D x E G x H L x W F J M N T V Y

■A604NFAL 6.00 x 4.00 x 3.00 A6P4AL A6P4 4.88 x 2.88 6.75 x 2.00 7.50 x 5.38 2.50 2.50 1.38 2.38 3.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 102 x 76) (124 x 73) (171 x 51) (191 x 137) (64) (64) (35) (60) (76) (8) (14)

■A806NFAL 8.00 x 6.00 x 3.50 A8P6AL A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 9.50 x 7.38 3.00 3.00 2.38 3.38 5.00 0.25 0.62

(203 x 152 x 89) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (241 x 187) (76) (76) (60) (86) (127) (6) (16)

■■A606NFAL 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6AL A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 7.50 x 7.38 3.50 3.50 2.38 2.38 5.00 0.31 0.56

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (191 x 187) (89) (89) (60) (60) (127) (8) (14)

■■A1008NFAL 10.00 x 8.00 x 4.00 A10P8AL A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 11.50 x 9.38 3.50 3.50 3.38 1.00 7.00 0.25 0.62

(254 x 203 x 102) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (292 x 238) (89) (89) (86) (25) (178) (6) (16)

■■A1210NFAL 12.00 x 10.00 x 5.00 A12P10AL A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 13.50 x 11.38 4.50 4.50 2.00 3.00 9.00 0.25 0.62

(305 x 254 x 127) (273 x 225) (324 x 203) (343 x 289) (114) (114) (51) (76) (229) (6) (16)

■■A1412NFAL 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A14P12AL A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 15.50 x 13.38 5.50 5.50 2.00 3.00 11.00 0.25 0.62

(356 x 305 x 152) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (394 x 340) (140) (140) (51) (76) (279) (6) (16)

■■A1614NFAL 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 A16P14AL A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 17.50 x 15.38 5.50 5.50 3.50 1.50 13.00 0.25 0.62

(406 x 356 x 152) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (445 x 391) (140) (140) (89) (38) (330) (6) (16)

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Cover and sides of

body have smooth brushed finish. Optional

aluminum panels are unpainted. Optional steel

panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 50, File No. E27567:Type 3R,Type 4,Type

4X (see table), and Type 12

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X (see table), and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LL42184:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Application

This lightweight enclosure provides long-lasting

protection for housing electrical components

in highly corrosive environments. It is used in

both indoor and outdoor settings that are

frequently wet or have constant exposure to

water, other liquids, or contaminants.

Construction

• Type 5052 H-32 aluminum, 0.080 in. (2mm)

thick

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Stainless steel screws and clamps on four

sides of cover assure watertight seal

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

• Weldnuts provided for mounting optional

panels and terminal block kits in size 6.00 x

4.00 in. (152 x 102mm) and larger

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electrical Interlocks

Fast Operating Junction Box Clamp

Panels (see table)

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Wiring Duct

Standard Sizes Aluminum Clamp Cover Type 4X NFAL Junction Boxes

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel panels are available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

■■UL 50

■UL 508A, 508

Aluminum Clamp Cover Type 4X

NFAL Junction Boxes

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in enclosure or

subpanel

• Mounting

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.107

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1.Aluminum panels are .080 in. (2mm) thick.

2. Steel panels are 14 gauge.

3. Stainless steel panel screws are

#10-32 pan head.

Clamp Bracket Locations

Aluminum Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A51A

COMLINE

Aluminum Wall-Mount

Enclosures

Application

Lightweight aluminum enclosure provides long-

lasting protection for housing electrical

components in both indoor and extreme

outdoor environments. Designed for rooftop

or tower-mounted telecom applications.

Suitable for use with DataCom and industrial

applications and in petrochemical plants,

sewage plants, marine environments, and

similar installations.

Construction

• Type 5052-H32 aluminum. Covers are .080

or .100 in. thick, depending on size. Bodies

are .080 in. thick.

• Continuously welded and ground seams

• Foam-in-place gasket

• 1- or 3-point latching (screwdriver slot)

depending on door size

• Door stop/wind latch

• Two door/hinge styles available:

– Easily removable door with hidden hinge

and retained hinge pin. Maximum door

load 50 lbs.

– Heavy duty continuous hinge. Maximum

door load 150 lbs.

• Grounding stud on body

• Bonding provision on door

• Optional solar shield top helps keep

enclosure interior cool when installed

outdoors

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12

IEC 60529 IP66

Designed to meet Bellcore GR487, GR63, IEC

48D

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Finish

RAL 7035 textured light gray polyester

powder finish inside and out.

Accessories

Clip Nut Package

Door Stop Kit

Handle Options

Mounting Bracket Kit

Mounting Panel

Pole Mounting Kit

Rack Angles

Screw Package

Shelves

Solar Shield Top

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Over 100 standard finish colors and

textures

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners, mounting channel

in enclosure or subpanel

• Tapped holes, fasteners in enclosure or

subpanel

• Mounting

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Structural changes

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

• Solar shields

•

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.109

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Aluminum Wall-Mount

Standard Sizes COMLINE®Aluminum Wall-Mount Enclosures

Catalog Number Size Ship Wt. Std.

Hidden Continuous A x B x C Latch Door Pkg.

Hinge Hinge millimeter (inch) Points Thickness Lbs.

ECL303015 ECL303015CH 300x 300 x 150 (11.8 x11.8 x 5.9) 1 .080 9.0

ECL403015 ECL403015CH 400x 300 x 150 (15.7 x11.8 x 5.9) 1 .080 10.0

ECL404015 ECL404015CH 400x 400 x 150 (15.7 x 15.7 x 5.9) 1 .080 12.0

ECL404020 ECL404020CH 400x 400 x 200 (15.7 x 15.7 x 7.9) 1 .080 13.0

ECL504020 ECL504020CH 500x 400 x 200 (19.7 x 15.7 x 7.9) 1 .080 15.0

ECL505020 ECL505020CH 500x 500 x 200 (19.7 x 19.7 x 7.9) 1 .080 17.0

ECL605020 ECL605020CH 600x 500 x 200 (23.6 x 19.7 x 7.9) 3 .080 19.0

ECL606020 ECL606020CH 600x 600 x 200 (23.6 x 23.6 x 7.9) 3 .100 23.0

ECL806020 ECL806020CH 800x 600 x 200 (31.5 x 23.6 x 7.9) 3 .100 27.0

ECL1006030 ECL1006030CH 1000 x 600 x 300 (39.4 x 23.6 x 11.8) 3 .100 35.0

ECL1209030 ECL1209030CH 1200 x 900 x 300 (47.2 x 35.4 x 11.8) 3 .100 55.0

ECL1509030 ECL1509030CH 1500 x 900 x 300 (59.1 x 35.4 x 11.8) 3 .100 78.0

Bulletin

A4A

Rev. A September 2003

COMLINE

Wall-Mount Enclosures

Accessories

Door Stop Kit

secures doors in the open position. Self-

actuating. Mounts to top or bottom of door.

Stainless steel and aluminum material.

Mounting hardware included.

Patent: 6,292,978 (U.S.)

Other patents pending.

Ship Wt.

Catalog Std. Pkg.

Number Description Lbs.

EDSK Door Stop Kit 1.0

Rack Angles

allows for mounting 19" rack equipment

in 600mm wide enclosures. Zinc-plated

14 gauge steel with .281-inch (7mm) diameter

holes (thru-hole type).Twenty M5 screws and

20 clip nuts included for mounting rack angles

to enclosure and for mounting equipment to

rack angles.

Ship Wt

Catalog Fits A Std. Pkg.

Number millimeter Lbs.

ERA196TH 600 2.5

ERA198TH 800 4.0

ERA1910TH 1000 7.0

Mounting Panel

provides a mounting surface in the back

of the enclosure for surface mount

components. Mill finish aluminum.

Fits Ship Wt.

Catalog A xB Std. Pkg.

Number millimeter Height Width Lbs.

EP3030AL 300 x 300 226 (8.90) 226 (8.90) 1.5

EP4030AL 400 x 300 326 (12.84) 226 (8.90) 2.0

EP4040AL 400 x 400 326 (12.94) 326 (12.94) 2.5

EP5040AL 500 x 400 426 (16.78) 326 (12.94) 3.0

EP5050AL 500 x 500 426 (16.78) 426 (16.78) 4.0

EP6050AL 600 x 500 526 (20.71) 426 (16.78) 5.0

EP6060AL 600 x 600 526 (20.71) 526 (20.71) 6.0

EP8060AL 800 x 600 726 (28.59) 526 (20.71) 8.0

EP10060AL 1000 x 600 926 (36.46) 526 (20.71) 10.0

EP12090AL 1200 x 900 1126 (44.33) 826 (32.52) 15.0

EP15090AL 1500 x 900 1426 (56.15) 826 (32.52) 24.0

Solar Shield Top

provides a vented area on top of the enclosure

to absorb solar heating effects and help keep

enclosure cool. Also provides a drip shield to

keep liquids away from the door sealing

surface.Aluminum with RAL 7035 textured

light gray finish inside and out. Maintains

enclosure rating. Includes mounting hardware.

Fits Ship Wt.

Catalog B x C Std. Pkg.

Number millimeter Lbs.

ESSH3015 300 x 150 3.0

ESSH4015 400 x 150 4.0

ESSH4020 400 x 200 4.0

ESSH5020 500 x 200 5.0

ESSH6020 600 x 200 5.0

ESSH6030 600 x 300 6.0

ESSH9030 900 x 300 8.0

Ship Wt.

Catalog Std. Pkg.

Number Description Lbs.

ELHP Padlocking L-Handle 1.0

EPL4 Padlocking Quarter-Turn with key 1.0

Handle Options

can be padlocked for added security. Kit

includes handle and mounting hardware.

Inch dimensions in ( ).

6.111

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Aluminum Wall-Mount

Pole Mounting Kit

enables COMLINE®enclosures to be

mounted to poles of various sizes and shapes.

Kit includes 2 galvanized steel mounting

channels, 2 straps suitable for 3 in. to 12 in.

diameter pole, and mounting hardware.

Ship Wt.

Catalog Fits B Std. Pkg.

Number millimeter Lbs.

CPMK12 300 5.0

CPMK16 400 6.0

CPMK20 500 7.0

CPMK24 600 7.0

Mounting Bracket Kits

are available in stainless steel or composite

material. Kit includes 4 brackets and mounting

hardware.

Ship Wt.

Catalog Std. Pkg.

Number Description Lbs.

CMFKSS Stainless Steel 0.9

CMTGFT Composite 0.4

Size Ship Wt.

Catalog W x D Std. Pkg.

Number (inch) Lbs.

ESH198 19 x 8 9.0

ESH1917 19 x 17 11.0

Shelves

mount to 19" rack angles to house voice/data

networking equipment. Load rating 30 lbs

(13.6 kg). Check cabinet depth before

ordering.

Screw Package

includes nickel-plated oval-head screws with

black nylon finishing washers in each package.

Screws attach rack panels and rack mounted

equipment to rack mounting angles.

Ship Wt.

Catalog Std. Pkg.

Number Description Lbs.

AS1032 Screw 10-32 x 3/4 1.0

(package of 20)

AS1032250 10-32 x 3/4 3.0

(package of 250)

ASM5 M5 x 20 1.0

(package of 20)

Clip Nut Package

includes twenty zinc-plated clip nuts that fit all

rack mounting angles with .281-inch (7mm)

diameter holes (thru-hole type).

Ship Wt.

Catalog Std. Pkg.

Number Description Fits Lbs.

AN1032 Clip Nut 10-32 .281 diameter 1.0

(package of 20) mounting holes

ANM5 Clip Nut M5 (Metric) .281 diameter 1.0

(package of 20) mounting holes

Bulletin

A4A

Rev. A September 2003

* Aluminum * Steel

Enclosure Enclosure Size A x B x C Panel Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size D x E F Number of

Catalog Number inch (millimeters) Number Number inch (mm) inch (mm) Clamps

A16H1206ALLP 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 (406 x 305 x 152) A16P12AL A16P12 13.00 x 9.00 (330 x 229) 1.25 (32) 4

A20H1606ALLP 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 (508 x 406 x 152) A20P16AL A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 (432 x 330) 3.00 (76) 4

A20H2006ALLP 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 (508 x 508 x 152) A20P20AL A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 (432 x 432) 3.00 (76) 4

A24H2006ALLP 24.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 (610 x 508 x 152) A24P20AL A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 (533 x 432) 3.00 (76) 5

A16H1608ALLP 16.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 (406 x 406 x 203) A16P16AL A16P16 13.00 x 13.00 (330 x 330) 3.00 (76) 4

A24H2408ALLP 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 (610 x 610 x 203) A24P24AL A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 (533 x 533) 3.00 (76) 5

A30H2408ALLP 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 (762 x 610 x 203) A30P24AL A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 (686 x 533) 3.00 (76) 5

A36H2408ALLP 36.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 (914 x 610 x 203) A36P24AL A36P24 33.00 x 21.00 (838 x 533) 3.00 (76) 5

A36H3008ALLP 36.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 (914 x 762 x 203) A36P30AL A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 (838 x 686) 3.00 (76) 7

A48H3608ALLP 48.00 x 36.00 x 8.00 (1219 x 914 x 203) A48P36AL A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 (1143 x 838) 3.00 (76) 8

A20H1610ALLP 20.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 (508 x 406 x 254) A20P16AL A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 (432 x 330) 3.00 (76) 4

A24H2010ALLP 24.00 x 20.00 x 10.00 (610 x 508 x 254) A24P20AL A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 (533 x 432) 3.00 (76) 5

A30H2412ALLP 30.00 x 24.00 x 12.00 (762 x 610 x 305) A30P24AL A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 (686 x 533) 3.00 (76) 5

A36H3012ALLP 36.00 x 30.00 x 12.00 (914 x 762 x 305) A36P30AL A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 (838 x 686) 3.00 (76) 7

A60H3612ALLP 60.00 x 36.00 x 12.00 (1524 x 914 x 305) A60P36AL A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 (1448 x 838) 3.00 (76) 9

Application

This light-weight enclosure provides long-

lasting protection for electrical components in

highly corrosive environments. It is used in

both indoor and outdoor settings that are

frequently wet or have constant exposure to

water, other liquids, or contaminants. Suitable

for use in petrochemical plants, sewage plants,

marine environments, and similar installations.

Construction

• Type 5052 H-32 aluminum

• Seams continuously welded and ground

smooth, no holes or knockouts

• Door stiffeners provided in larger enclosures

for extra rigidity

• Rolled lip around three sides of door and all

sides of enclosure opening excludes liquids

and contaminants

• Stainless steel door clamp assembly assures

watertight seal

• Door is easily removed by pulling stainless

steel continuous hinge pin

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Hasp and staple for padlocking

• Panel screws are stainless steel

• Tapped pads provided for mounting

optional panels

• Oil-resistant gasket and adhesive

Finish

Enclosures are unpainted. Door fronts have

smooth brushed finish. Optional aluminum

panels are unpainted. Optional steel panels

are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X, and

Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Electrical Interlocks

Fast Operating Clamp Assembly

Lighting Kit

Panel Support Kit

Panels (see table)

Rack Mounting Angle Kit

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Window Kit

Wiring Duct

Standard Sizes Aluminum Continuous Hinge Type 4X Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

NOTE: Steel panels have a formed flange along any side that is longer than 21 inches (533mm). Steel panels A24P20 and A24P24 have flanges on all four sides. Aluminum panels are flanged on all

four sides if both panel dimensions exceed 13.00 inches (330mm). Smaller panels are not flanged.

Aluminum Continuous Hinge

Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Enclosure height, width, depth

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in enclosure or

subpanel

• Mounting

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Structural changes

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

6.113

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: Clamps are furnished along three sides of door.

Maximum spacing between door clamps is approximately

15.00 inches (381 millimeters).

Aluminum Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A4A

Data Pockets for Enclosures

Enclosure Size

A B Pocket

Any 12.00 None

(305)

<30.00 >12 and <20.00 Small

(762) (305) (508)

>30.00 >20.00 Large

(762) (508)

Application

Designed for use as a junction box or

instrument housing in both indoor and

outdoor settings.The enclosure is used in

highly corrosive environments typically found

in oil refineries, chemical processing plants,

waste water treatment, marine installations,

pulp and paper processing,

and electroplating plants.

Construction

• Molded fiberglass polyester material has

excellent temperature and chemical

resistance qualities and exhibits outstanding

physical properties

• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled,

filed, or sawed

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Threaded internal bosses provided for

mounting optional panels and

terminal block kits

• Scratch-resistant GE Lexan Margard®

windows are permanently bonded

in place

• S

crew cover enclosures have easily removable

covers attached to body with internal zinc-

plated steel hinges. Cover securely fastens to

the body with four captivated Type 316

stainless steel cover screws

• Enclosures with quick-release latches have

corrosion-resistant polyester hinges and

spring-loaded polyester latches with a

Type 316L stainless steel bail. Attached with

Type 316 stainless steel screws. A Type 316L

stainless steel padlock hasp is furnished with

each enclosure.

• Sealing washers are furnished

with enclosure

Finish/Color

Optional steel panels are white. Optional

stainless steel, aluminum, and composite

panels are unpainted. Fiberglass material is

light gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

Mounting brackets required to meet UL/CSA external

mounting requirements.

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

Window flammability rating per UL 508

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 3R,Type 4,Type

4X, and Type 12

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Frameless Window Kit

Panels (see table)

Stainless Steel Window Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Ventilators

Standard Accessories

Fiberglass Type 4X Small Enclosures

Fiberglass Mounting Bracket Kit

Bracket is molded from fiberglass reinforced

polyester. Kit includes four brackets, hardware,

and installation instructions. Mounting hole

dimensions with mounting brackets installed are

[G + 2.50(64mm)} x {H + .50(13mm)]. See tables

for “G” and “H” dimensions.

Threaded Panel Extenders

are made of zinc-plated steel and designed to

raise the panel mounting surface. Extenders

attach to threaded internal pads. Male and

female thread size is #10. Each kit contains

4 extenders.

Catalog Number

A50MFKR

Catalog Number Length

APE050 0.50 (13)

APE100 1.00 (25)

Millimeter dimensions in ( ); do not convert metric

dimensions to inch.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in subpanel

• Mounting

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A April 2005

6.115

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Type 4X Solid Screw Cover

Enclosure Inside * Panel Panel

Catalog Dimensions Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Number A x B x C Number D x E G x H L x W F J K V X Y

A645JFGR 5.50 x 4.00 x 4.94 No Panel No Panel 4.75 x 2.00 6.00 x 4.50 4.41 4.13 1.00 — 4.22 3.59

(140 x 102 x 125) (121 x 51) (152 x 114) (112) (105) (25) (107) (91)

A845JFGR 7.50 x 4.00 x 4.94 A6P4 4.88 x 2.88 6.75 x 2.00 8.00 x 4.50 4.41 4.13 1.00 0.31 6.22 3.59

(191 x 102 x 125) (124 x 73) (171 x 51) (203 x 114) (112) (105) (25) (8) (158) (91)

A865JFGR 7.50 x 6.00 x 5.19 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 8.00 x 6.50 4.66 4.38 1.00 0.31 6.22 5.59

(191 x 152 x 132) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (203 x 165) (118) (111) (25) (8) (158) (142)

A1066JFGR 9.50 x 6.00 x 5.69 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 10.00 x 6.50 5.16 4.63 1.25 0.25 8.12 5.50

(241 x 152 x 145) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (254 x 165) (131) (118) (32) (6) (206) (140)

A1287JFGR 11.50 x 8.00 x 6.69 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 12.00 x 8.50 6.16 5.13 1.75 0.25 9.97 7.34

(292 x 203 x 170) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (305 x 216) (156) (130) (44) (6) (253) (186)

A14107JFGR 13.50 x 10.00 x 7.19 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 14.00 x 10.50 6.66 5.63 1.75 0.25 11.97 9.34

(343 x 254 x 183) (273 x 226) (324 x 203) (356 x 267) (169) (143) (44) (6) (304) (237)

A16128JFGR 15.50 x 12.00 x 8.19 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 16.00 x 12.50 7.66 6.13 2.25 0.25 13.78 11.16

(394 x 305 x 208) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (406 x 318) (195) (156) (57) (6) (350) (283)

A18149JFGR 17.50 x 14.00 x 8.69 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 18.00 x 14.50 8.16 6.63 2.25 0.25 15.78 13.16

(445 x 356 x 221) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (457 x 368) (207) (168) (57) (6) (401) (334)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel, aluminum, and composite material panels are also available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

Enclosure Inside * Panel Panel Window Number

Catalog Dimensions Catalog Size Mounting Overall Size of

Number A x B x C Number D x E G x H L x W M x N F J K V Latches

A865JFGQRPWR 7.50 x 6.00 x 5.03 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 8.00 x 7.39 4.55 x 4.00 4.52 4.38 1.00 0.31 1

(191 x 152 x 128) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (203 x 188) (116 x 102) (115) (111) (25) (8)

A1066JFGQRPWR 9.50 x 6.00 x 5.53 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 10.007 x 7.39 6.55 x 4.00 5.00 4.63 1.25 0.25 2

(241 x 152 x 140) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (254 x 188) (166 x 102) (127) (118) (32) (6)

A1287JFGQRPWR 11.50 x 8.00 x 6.53 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 12.00 x 9.39 8.25 x 5.84 6.00 5.13 1.75 0.25 2

(292 x 203 x 166) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (305 x 239) (210 x 148) (152) (130) (44) (6)

A14107JFGQRPWR 13.50 x 10.00 x 7.03 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 14.00 x 11.39 10.28 x 6.84 6.52 5.63 1.75 0.25 2

(343 x 254 x 179) (273 x 226) (324 x 203) (256 x 289) (261 x 174) (166) (143) (44) (6)

A16128JFGQRPWR 15.50 x 12.00 x 8.03 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 16.00 x 13.39 12.34 x 9.10 7.52 6.13 2.25 0.25 2

(394 x 305 x 204) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (406 x 340) (313 x 231) (191) (156) (57) (6)

A18149JFGQRPWR 17.50 x 14.00 x 8.53 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 18.00 x 15.39 14.45 x 11.06 8.00 6.63 2.25 0.25 2

(445 x 356 x 217) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (457 x 391) (367 x 281) (203) (168) (57) (6)

Enclosure Inside * Panel Panel Number

Catalog Dimensions Catalog Size Mounting Overall of

Number A x B x C Number D x E G x H L x W F J K V X Y Latches

A645JFGQRR 5.50 x 4.00 x 5.02 No Panel No Panel 4.75 x 2.00 6.00 x 5.39 4.50 4.13 1.00 — 4.22 3.59 1

(140 x 102 x 128) (121 x 51) (152 x 137) (114) (105) (25) (107) (91)

A845JFGQRR 7.50 x 4.00 x 5.02 A6P4 4.88 x 2.88 6.75 x 2.00 8.00 x 5.39 4.50 4.13 1.00 0.31 6.22 3.59 1

(191 x 102 x 128) (124 x 73) (171 x 51) (203 x 137) (114) (105) (25) (8) (158) (91)

A865JFGQRR 7.50 x 6.00 x 5.28 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.75 x 4.00 8.00 x 7.39 4.75 4.38 1.00 0.31 6.22 5.59 2

(191 x 152 x 134) (124 x 124) (171 x 102) (203 x 188) (121) (111) (25) (8) (158) (142)

A1066JFGQRR 9.50 x 6.00 x 5.78 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 10.00 x 7.39 5.25 4.63 1.25 0.25 8.12 5.50 2

(241 x 152 x 147) (171 x 124) (222 x 102) (254 x 188) (133) (118) (32) (6) (206) (140)

A1287JFGQRR 11.50 x 8.00 x 6.78 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.75 x 6.00 12.00 x 9.39 6.25 5.13 1.75 0.25 9.97 7.34 2

(292 x 203 x 172) (222 x 175) (273 x 152) (305 x 239) (159) (130) (44) (6) (253) (186)

A14107JFGQRR 13.50 x 10.00 x 7.28 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.75 x 8.00 14.00 x 11.39 6.75 5.63 1.75 0.25 11.97 9.34 2

(343 x 254 x 185) (273 x 226) (324 x 203) (256 x 289) (171) (143) (44) (6) (304) (237)

A16128JFGQRR 15.50 x 12.00 x 8.28 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.75 x 10.00 16.00 x 13.39 7.75 6.13 2.25 0.25 13.78 11.16 2

(394 x 305 x 210) (324 x 276) (375 x 254) (406 x 340) (197) (156) (57) (6) (350) (283)

A18149JFGQRR 17.50 x 14.00 x 8.78 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 18.00 x 15.39 8.25 6.63 2.25 0.25 15.78 13.16 2

(445 x 356 x 223) (375 x 327) (425 x 305) (457 x 391) (210) (168) (57) (6) (401) (334)

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Type 4X Solid Cover with Quick-Release Latches

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Type 4X Enclosures with Windows

Fiberglass Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A50

Top View with Cover Top View with Cover Removed

End View

■Solid Screw Cover Enclosure

NOTE: Panel screws have #10-32 threads.

Fiberglass Type 4X Small Enclosures

6.117

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Panel screws have # 10-32 threads.

2. Hinged cover opens 200° maximum.

Top View with Cover Top View with Cover Removed

End View

■Quick-Release Solid Cover Enclosure and Window Cover Enclosure

Fiberglass Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A50

Application

Designed for use as a junction box or

instrument housing in both indoor and

outdoor settings.The enclosure is used in

highly corrosive environments typically found in

oil refineries, chemical processing plants, waste

water treatment, marine installations, pulp and

paper processing, and electroplating plants.The

efficient design and simple construction create

a low-cost, durable, and aesthetic enclosure.

Construction

• Molded fiberglass polyester has outstanding

chemical and temperature resistance qualities

and exhibits excellent weatherability and

physical properties

• Fiberglass is easily punched, drilled, filed, or

sawed

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Polyester mounting brackets and stainless steel

attachment screws are provided with each

enclosure

• Scratch-resistant GE Lexan Margard

windows

are permanently bonded in place

• Molded-in-place threaded brass inserts and

plated steel screws are provided for mounting

optional panels and terminal block kits

• Removable hinged cover attached to body with

Type 316 stainless steel hinge pin

• Screw cover enclosures are secured with two

captivated Type 316 stainless steel slotted cross

point cover screws

• Enclosures with patented quick-release latches

have corrosion-resistant polyester latches

located in corners that provide unobstructed

access to enclosure

• Hinge pin and bail are corrosion-resistant

Type 316 stainless steel

• K

nockout padlock provisions included in each

latch

Finish/Color

Optional steel panels are white. Optional

stainless steel, aluminum, and composite panels

are unpainted. Fiberglass material is light gray

inside and out.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997: Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

Window flammability rating per UL 508

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Panels (see table)

Threaded Panel Extenders

Quick-Release Latch Kit

Swing-Out Panel Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Ventilators

Fiberglass Hinged Cover

Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

U.S. Patent 4,917,421

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

6.119

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Enclosure * Panel Panel

Catalog Number Size Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Screw Cover Quick-Release A x B x C Number D x E G x H L x W F J K O P Q R T U

A664CHSCFG A664CHQRFG 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.94 x 4.00 6.50 x 6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 4.25 4.25 5.64 5.12 0.12 5.64

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (176 x 102) (165 x 165) (88) (83) (25) (108) (108) (143) (130) (3) (143)

A864CHSCFG A864CHQRFG 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.94 x 4.00 8.50 x 6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 4.25 6.25 7.64 7.12 0.12 5.64

(203 x 152 x 102) (171 x 124) (227 x 102) (216 x 165) (88) (83) (25) (108) (159) (194) (181) (3) (143)

A1086CHSCFG A1086CHQRFG 10.00 x 8.00 x 6.00 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.94 x 6.00 10.50 x 8.50 5.45 4.94 1.31 6.25 8.25 9.61 9.12 0.12 7.61

(254 x 203 x 152) (222 x 175) (278 x 152) (267 x 216) (138) (125) (33) (159) (210) (244) (232) (3) (193)

A12106CHSCFG A12106CHQRFG 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.94 x 8.00 12.50 x 10.50 5.45 4.69 1.56 8.25 10.25 11.58 11.12 0.12 9.58

(305 x 254 x 152) (273 x 226) (329 x 203) (318 x 267) (138) (119) (40) (210) (260) (294) (282) (3) (243)

A14128CHSCFG A14128CHQRFG 14.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.94 x 10.00 14.55 x 12.55 7.45 6.50 1.81 10.25 12.25 13.59 13.12 0.15 11.59

(356 x 305 x 203) (324 x 276) (379 x 254) (370 x 319) (189) (165) (46) (260) (311) (345) (333) (4) (294)

A16148CHSCFG A16148CHQRFG 16.00 x 14.00 x 8.00 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.94 x 12.00 16.55 x 14.55 7.45 6.23 2.08 12.25 14.25 15.56 15.12 0.15 13.56

(406 x 356 x 203) (375 x 327) (430 x 305) (420 x 370) (189) (158) (53) (311) (362) (395) (384) (4) (344)

A181610CHSCFG A181610CHQRFG 18.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 18.94 x 14.00 18.58 x 16.58 9.45 7.66 2.66 14.25 16.25 17.53 17.12 0.16 15.53

(457 x 406 x 254) (425 x 378) (481 x 356) (472 x 421) (240) (195) (68) (362) (413) (445) (435) (4) (394)

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Hinged Solid Cover Type 4X Enclosures

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Hinged Window Cover Type 4X Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. Optional stainless steel, aluminum, and composite material panels are also available for most sizes. See General Accessories.

Enclosure * Panel Panel

Catalog Number Size Catalog Size Mounting Overall

Screw Cover Quick-Release A x B x C Number D x E G x H L x W F J K M N O P Q R T U

A664CHSCFGW A664CHQ

RFGW 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 6.94 x 4.00 6.50 x6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 5.64 5.12 0.12 5.64

(152 x 152 x 102) (124 x 124) (176 x 102) (165 x 165) (88) (83) (25) (108) (108) (108) (108) (143) (130) (3) (143)

A864CHSCFGW A864CHQRFGW 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 8.94 x 4.00 8.50 x 6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 6.25 4.25 4.25 6.25 7.64 7.12 0.12 5.64

(203 x 152 x 102) (171 x 124) (227 x 102) (216 x 165) (88) (83) (25) (159) (108) (108) (159) (194) (181) (3) (143)

A1086CHSCFGW A1086CHQRFGW 10.00 x 8.00 x 6.00 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 10.94 x 6.00 10.50 x 8.50 5.45 4.94 1.31 8.25 6.25 6.25 8.25 9.61 9.12 0.12 7.61

(254 x 203 x 152) (222 x 175) (278 x 152) (267 x 216) (138) (125) (33) (210) (159) (159) (210) (244) (232) (3) (193)

A12106CHSCFGW A12106CHQRFGW 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 12.94 x 8.00 12.50 x 10.50 5.45 4.69 1.56 10.25 8.25 8.25 10.25 11.58 11.12 0.12 9.58

(305 x 254 x 152) (273 x 226) (329 x 203) (318 x 267) (138) (119) (40) (260) (210) (210) (260) (294) (282) (3) (243)

A14128CHSCFGW A14128CHQRFGW 14.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 14.94 x 10.00 14.55 x 12.55 7.45 6.50 1.81 12.25 10.25 10.25 12.25 13.59 13.12 0.15 11.59

(356 x 305 x 203) (324 x 276) (379 x 254) (370 x 319) (189) (165) (46) (311) (260) (260) (311) (345) (333) (4) (294)

A16148CHSCFGW A16148CHQRFGW 16.00 x 14.00 x 8.00 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 16.94 x 12.00 16.55 x 14.55 7.45 6.23 2.08 14.25 12.25 12.25 14.25 15.56 15.12 0.15 13.56

(406 x 356 x 203) (375 x 327) (430 x 305) (420 x 370) (189) (158) (53) (362) (311) (311) (362) (395) (384) (4) (344)

A181610CHSCFGW A181610CHQRFGW 18.00 x 16.00 x 10.00 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 18.94 x 14.00 18.58 x 16.58 9.45 7.66 2.66 16.25 14.25 14.25 16.25 17.53 17.12 0.16 15.53

(457x406x254) (425x 378) (481x 356) (472x 421) (240) (195) (68) (413) (362) (362) (413) (445) (435) (4) (394)

Fiberglass Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A48

Top View

Top View with Cover Removed

Side View End View

Bottom View Side View

Quick-Release Cover Enclosure

NOTES: 1. Panel screws are #10-32 pan head.

2. Mounting brackets are .16 in. (4mm) thick.

Fiberglass Hinged Cover

Type 4X Enclosures

6.121

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Catalog Number Length

APE050 0.50 (13)

APE100 1.00 (25)

Catalog Number

AL48

Catalog Number Fits Enclosure A x B

A6SPK6C 6.00 x 6.00

A8SPK6C 8.00 x 6.00

A10SPK8C 10.00 x 8.00

A12SPK10C 12.00 x 10.00

A14SPK12C 14.00 x 12.00

A16SPK14C 16.00 x 14.00

A18SPK16C 18.00 x 16.00

Accessories Fiberglass Hinged Cover Type 4X Enclosures

Threaded Panel Extenders

are made of zinc-plated steel and designed to

raise the panel mounting surface. Extenders

attach to threaded internal pads. Male and

female thread size is #10. Each kit contains

4 extenders.

Quick-Release Latch Kit

Two fiberglass reinforced gray polyester

latches with monel bail and screw hole plugs

are included in each package. Supplied as

standard with Bulletin A48 quick-release

enclosures, this kit will convert Bulletin A48

screw cover enclosures to quick-release

without modification. No tools needed to

install. Padlocking provision is included.

Swing-Out Panel Kit

is designed to provide an attractive, yet

cost-effective, solution for installing front-

mounted panels in Bulletin A48 and Bulletin HJ

enclosures. No drilling required.

Millimeter dimensions in ( ); do not convert metric

dimensions to inch.

Fiberglass Junction Boxes

Bulletin

A48

Fiberglass Type 4X Overlapping

Door Enclosures

Application

The HJ series of fiberglass enclosures includes

an overlapping door and the integral mounting

brackets often required in petrochemical,

water treatment, and other corrosive

environments. Choices of door style and door

fasteners and a wide range of sizes provide

application flexibility.

Construction

• Made from corrosion-resistant hot

compression molded fiberglass reinforced

polyester

• Overlapping solid, clear, or window door

available in both raised and flat designs

• Door fastening options include screws or

padlockable Type 316 stainless steel latches

• Type 304 stainless steel piano hinges on

hinged models

• Integral mounting brackets

• Fifty-one models available in seven different

sizes

• Capable of withstanding continuous

temperatures from -58°F (-50°C) up to

302°F (150°C)

• Enclosures protect equipment and

operators from indirect electrical contact

Finish

Fiberglass material is RAL 7035 light gray

inside and out.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E54315:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File Number LR-36508:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Panels

Terminal Kit Assembly

Ventilators

A48 Swing Out Panel Kit

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, or for information about

modifications outside the scope of the

Modification Services program, contact your

local Hoffman sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.123

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Bulletin

Standard Sizes Overlapping Door Type 4X Fiberglass Enclosures

* Panel

Catalog Door Door A B C Catalog

Number Style Fasteners in. mm in. mm in. mm Number in. mm

RHJ1008HW Raised solid Hinged, Two captive screws 11.31 287 9.31 276 6.93 176 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

RHJ1210HW Raised solid Hinged, Two captive screws 13.30 338 11.29 211 7.10 180 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

RHJ1412HW Raised, solid Hinged, Two captive screws 15.32 389 13.30 338 8.19 208 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

RHJ1614HW Raised solid Hinged, Two captive screws 17.31 440 15.30 289 8.19 208 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

RHJ1008HWPL1 Raised solid Hinged, One latch 11.31 287 9.31 276 6.93 176 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

RHJ1210HWPL2 Raised solid Hinged, Two latches 13.30 338 11.29 211 7.10 180 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

RHJ1412HWPL2 Raised solid Hinged, Two latches 15.32 389 13.30 338 8.19 208 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

RHJ1614HWPL2 Raised solid Hinged Two latches 17.31 440 15.30 289 8.19 208 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

RHJ1008W Raised solid Four captive screws 11.31 287 9.31 276 6.93 176 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

RHJ1210W Raised solid Four captive screws 13.30 338 11.29 211 7.10 180 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

RHJ1412W Raised solid Four captive screws 15.32 389 13.30 338 8.19 208 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

RHJ1614W Raised solid Four captive screws 17.31 440 15.30 289 8.19 208 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

HJ606HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 7.31 186 7.31 186 4.96 126 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 124 x 124

HJ806HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 9.30 236 7.31 186 4.98 126 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 171 x 124

HJ1008HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 11.31 287 9.31 276 5.43 138 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

HJ1210HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 13.30 338 11.29 211 5.58 142 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

HJ1412HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 15.32 389 13.30 338 6.70 170 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

HJ1614HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 17.31 440 15.30 289 6.70 170 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

HJ1816HW Flat solid Hinged, Two captive screws 19.31 490 17.31 440 9.58 243 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 375 x 378

HJ606HWPL1 Flat solid Hinged, One latch 7.31 186 7.31 186 4.96 126 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 124 x 124

HJ806HWPL1 Flat solid Hinged, One latch 9.30 276 7.31 186 4.98 126 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 171 x 124

HJ1008HWPL1 Flat solid Hinged, One latch 11.31 287 9.31 276 5.43 138 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

HJ1210HWPL2 Flat solid Hinged, Two latches 13.30 338 11.29 211 5.58 142 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

HJ1412HWPL2 Flat solid Hinged, Two latches 15.32 389 13.30 338 6.70 170 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

HJ1614HWPL2 Flat solid Hinged, Two latches 17.31 440 15.30 289 6.70 170 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

HJ1816HWPL2 Flat solid Hinged, Two latches 19.31 490 17.31 440 9.58 243 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 375 x 378

HJ606W Flat solid Four captive screws 7.31 186 7.31 186 4.96 126 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 124 x 124

HJ806W Flat solid Four captive screws 9.30 276 7.31 186 4.98 126 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 171 x 124

HJ1008W Flat solid Four captive screws 11.31 287 9.31 276 5.43 138 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

HJ1210W Flat solid Four captive screws 13.30 338 11.29 211 5.58 142 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

HJ1412W Flat solid Four captive screws 15.32 389 13.30 338 6.70 170 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

HJ1614W Flat solid Four captive screws 17.31 440 15.30 289 6.70 170 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

HJ1816W Flat solid Four captive screws 19.31 490 17.31 440 9.58 243 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 375 x 378

CHJ606HWPL1 Flat clear Hinged, One latch 7.31 186 7.31 186 4.96 126 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 124 x 124

CHJ806HWPL1 Flat clear Hinged, One latch 9.30 276 7.31 186 4.98 126 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 171 x 124

CHJ1008HWPL1 Flat clear Hinged, One latch 11.31 287 9.31 276 5.43 138 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

CHJ1210HWPL2 Flat clear Hinged, Two latches 13.30 338 11.29 211 5.58 142 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

CHJ1412HWPL2 Flat clear Hinged, Two latches 15.32 389 13.30 338 6.70 170 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

CHJ1614HWPL2 Flat clear Hinged, Two latches 17.31 440 15.30 289 6.70 170 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

CHJ1816HWPL2 Flat clear Hinged, Two latches 19.31 490 17.31 440 9.58 243 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 375 x 378

HJB606HWPL1 Flat window Hinged, One latch 7.31 186 7.31 186 4.96 126 A6P6 4.88 x 4.88 124 x 124

HJB806HWPL1 Flat window Hinged, One latch 9.30 276 7.31 186 4.98 126 A8P6 6.75 x 4.88 171 x 124

HJB1008HWPL1 Flat window Hinged, One latch 11.31 287 9.31 276 5.43 138 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

HJB1210HWPL2 Flat window Hinged, Two latches 13.30 338 11.29 211 5.58 142 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

HJB1412HWPL2 Flat window Hinged, Two latches 15.32 389 13.30 338 6.70 170 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

HJB1614HWPL2 Flat window Hinged, Two latches 17.31 440 15.30 289 6.70 170 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

HJB1816HWPL2 Flat window Hinged, Two latches 19.31 490 17.31 440 9.58 243 A18P16 16.75 x 14.88 375 x 378

RHJB1008HWPL1 Raised window Hinged, One latch 11.31 287 9.31 276 6.93 176 A10P8 8.75 x 6.88 222 x 102

RHJB1210HWPL2 Raised window Hinged, Two latches 13.30 338 11.29 211 7.10 180 A12P10 10.75 x 8.88 273 x 226

RHJB1412HWPL2 Raised window Hinged, Two latches 15.32 389 13.30 338 8.19 208 A14P12 12.75 x 10.88 324 x 276

RHJB1614HWPL2 Raised window Hinged, Two latches 17.31 440 15.30 289 8.19 208 A16P14 14.75 x 12.88 375 x 327

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Fiberglass Type 4X Overlapping

Door Enclosures

■Raised Door Enclosures

6.125

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Bulletin

■Solid Door Enclosures

ULTRX

Type 4X Fiberglass Enclosures

Application

This stylized world-class enclosure is a highly

effective corrosion-resistant housing for

electrical and electronic controls. It provides

outstanding protection against atmospheric and

marine corrosion in indoor or outdoor

settings, including petro-chemical plants, water

treatment facilities, pulp and paper processing,

and electroplating plants. A window cover

enclosure is also available, providing easy visual

inspection of interior components.

Construction

• Molded fiberglass-reinforced material has

excellent temperature and chemical

resistance qualities and exhibits outstanding

physical properties, including high-impact

resistance

• Fiberglass is easily punched, drilled, filed,

or sawed

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Enclosure may be rotated 180 degrees for

left and right hinging

• Molded-in drip shields are standard with

each enclosure

• Impact-resistant polycarbonate window is

permanently bonded in place

• Fiberglass mounting brackets and stainless

steel attachment screws are provided with

each enclosure

• Door opens 180 degrees

• Replaceable breakaway hinges

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel quarter-turn

latch. Optional keylocking or padlocking

handle available

• Molded-in DIN bosses

• Molded bosses on door provide additional

mounting provisions

• Integral mounting rails provide infinite panel

adjustment front to back

• Optional data pocket is high-impact

thermoplastic

Finish/Color

Exterior surface painted light gray acrylic

enamel for enhanced UV protection. Optional

steel panels are white; aluminum and

composite panels are also available.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Data Pocket

DIN Type Rails

Electric Heater

Frameless Window Kit

Lighting Packages

Panels (see table)

Rack Angles

Stainless Steel Window Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Touch-Up Paint (ATPFG)

Wiring Duct

ULTRX®Accessories

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal * Panel † Window

Solid Window Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Panel Size Mounting Size

Door Door L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H M x N F J K P Q R S T

UU504020 UU504020W 512.6 x 412.5 495.6 x 395.5 x 219.5 A20P16 431.8 x 330.2 358.9 x 458.7 385.8 x 285.8 185.7 296.7 18.5 63.5 62.5 57.9 285.7 387.3

(20.18 x 16.24) (19.51 x 15.57 x 8.64) (17.00 x 13.00) (14.13 x 18.06) (15.19 x 11.25) (7.31) (11.68) (0.73) (2.50) (2.46) (2.28) (11.25) (15.25)

UU606020 UU606020W 625.1 x 612.4 608.1 x 595.4 x 219.5 A24P24 533.4 x 533.4 559.1 x 571.5 498.4 x 485.6 185.7 499.9 20.6 61.7 68.1 56.1 488.9 488.9

(24.61 x 24.11) (23.94 x 23.44 x 8.64) (21.00 x 21.00) (22.01 x 22.50) (19.62 x 19.12) (7.31) (19.68) (0.81) (2.43) (2.68) (2.21) (19.25) (19.25)

UU605025 UU605025W 625.1 x 513.1 608.1 x 496.1 x 270.0 A24P20 533.4 x 431.8 456.9 x 570.0 498.1 x 385.8 238.5 400.0 20.6 63.0 68.1 56.1 387.1 488.9

(24.61 x 20.20) (23.94 x 19.53 x 10.63) (21.00 x 17.00) (17.99 x 22.44) (19.61 x 15.19) (9.31) (15.75) (0.81) (2.48) (2.68) (2.21) (15.24) (19.25)

UU504030 UU504030W 513.1 x 412.0 496.1 x 395.0 x 321.1 A20P16 431.8 x 330.2 355.1 x 454.9 385.8 x 285.8 287.3 300.0 18.5 63.5 63.0 56.1 286.0 387.3

(20.20 x 16.22) (19.53 x 15.55 x 12.64) (17.00 x 13.00) (13.98 x 17.91) (15.19 x 11.25) (11.31) (11.81) (0.73) (2.50) (2.48) (2.21) (11.26) (15.25)

UU606030 UU606030W 625.1 x 612.4 608.1 x 595.4 x 321.1 A24P24 533.4 x 533.4 555.2 x 567.9 498.4 x 485.6 287.3 499.9 20.6 61.7 68.1 56.1 488.9 488.9

(24.61 x 24.11) (23.94 x 23.44 x 12.64) (21.00 x 21.00) (21.86 x 22.36) (19.62 x 19.12) (11.31) (19.68) (0.81) (2.43) (2.68) (2.21) (19.25) (19.25)

UU756030 UU756030W 775.0 x 612.4 757.9 x 595.4 x 321.1 A30P24 685.8 x 533.4 555.2 x 717.8 648.2 x 485.6 287.3 499.9 20.6 61.7 66.8 56.1 488.9 641.3

(30.51 x 24.11) (29.84 x 23.44 x 12.64) (27.00 x 21.00) (21.86 x 28.26) (25.52 x 19.12) (11.31) (19.68) (0.81) (2.43) (2.63) (2.21) (19.25) (25.25)

UU1008030 UU1008030W 1024.9 x 825.0 1008.1 x 808.0 x 321.1 A40P30 940.1 x 737.1 768.1 x 968.0 897.9 x 698.2 287.3 700.0 23.1 67.1 65.0 62.0 691.9 895.1

(40.35 x 32.48) (39.69 x 31.81 x 12.64) (37.01 x 29.02) (30.24 x 38.11) (35.35 x 27.49) (11.31) (27.56) (0.91) (2.64) (2.56) (2.44) (27.24) (35.24)

UU606040 UU606040W 625.1 x 612.4 608.1 x 595.4 x 421.1 A24P24 533.4 x 533.4 555.2 x 567.9 498.4 x 485.6 387.3 499.9 20.6 61.7 68.1 56.1 488.9 488.9

(24.61 x 24.11) (23.94 x 23.44 x 16.57) (21.00 x 21.00) (21.86 x 22.36) (19.62 x 19.12) (15.25) (19.68) (0.81) (2.43) (2.68) (2.21) (19.25) (19.25)

UU756040 UU756040W 775.0 x 612.4 757.9 x 595.4 x 421.1 A30P24 685.8 x 533.4 555.2 x 717.8 648.2 x 485.6 387.3 499.9 20.6 61.7 66.8 56.1 488.9 641.3

(30.51 x 24.11) (29.84 x 23.44 x 16.57) (27.00 x 21.00) (21.86 x 28.26) (25.52 x 19.12) (15.25) (19.68) (0.81) (2.43) (2.63) (2.21) (19.25) (25.25)

Standard Sizes ULTRX®Type 4X Fiberglass Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

† Window door enclosure only.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Subpanels

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

Patent: 5,481,889 (U.S.)

6.127

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

UXI

Front View Front View with Door Removed

Back View

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

ULTRX

Type 4X Fiberglass Enclosures

Accessories

Panel Bracket Kit

permits panel adjustment from front to rear.

Fits all ULTRX

sizes. Mounts on integrally

molded body rail. Brackets are zinc chromate

steel. All mounting hardware is included.

Catalog Number Description Pkg. Qty.

UUPB ULTRX

Panel Bracket Kit 4

Swing-Out Panel (14 or 16 gauge)

installs front-mounted panels in ULTRX

fiberglass enclosures. Developed primarily to

complement window door units, the front

mounted swing panel is suited for any

application that requires a display of gauges,

dials, or any type of control equipment

monitor. Easy installation; no drilling required.

Fully adjustable front to rear. Panel and

mounting hardware included.

Grounding Device

provides a means of attaching a grounding

conductor to an ULTRX

swing-out panel or

swing-out frame.All installation hardware and

instructions are included.

Fits Enclosure

Catalog Number A x B L W

UU5040SP 496 x 395 432.0 330.0

(17.01) (12.99)

*UU6060SPR 608 x 608 532.9 532.9

20.98 20.98

UU6050SP 608 x 496 535.9 431.8

(21.10) (17.00)

UU6060SP 608 x 595 532.9 532.9

(20.98) (20.98)

UU7560SP 758 x 595 686.0 532.9

(27.01) (20.98)

*UU7560SPR 758 x 595 686.0 532.9

(27.01) (20.98)

UU10080SP 1008 x 808 934.7 736.6

(36.80) (29.00)

Catalog Number

UUGK

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* For use in 421mm (16.57 in.) deep enclosures.

6.129

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

ULTRX®Fiberglass

Bulletin

UX1

Door Stop Kit

limits door to 120-degree opening. Field

installable on all sizes of ULTRX

enclosures.

Type 304 stainless steel construction.

Catalog Number

UUDS

Swing Frame

furnishes 19-inch rack mounting capabilities

with U-Style (Type RA) mounting hole

pattern. Quarter-turn latch has 100° swing.

Adjustable mounting provision. 14 gauge zinc-

plated steel. Mounting hardware included.

Swing frame maintains enclosure rating if

properly installed in a Hoffman enclosure.

Rack Angles (Type RA)

Pairs of full-length rack mounting angles are

available for mounting 19-inch (483mm) rack-

mounted equipment.Type RA angles are

14 gauge steel with mounting holes .281-inch

(7mm) in diameter and spaced per EIA

standard RS-310-D (universal spacing). Use clip

nut package (AN1032) to provide tapped holes

at desired locations. Angles and mounting

hardware are zinc plated. Mounting hardware

is furnished.

Catalog Pkg.

Number Fits A x B L N Units Qty.

UURA6060 610 x 610 552 10 12 2

(24.00 x 24.00) (21.75) (.38)

UURA7560 762 x 610 705 19 15 2

(30.00 x 24.00) (27.75) (.75)

Inch dimensions in ( ).

Catalog Number Fits A x B L W Units

UU6060SF 610 x 610 540 535 11

(24.00 x 24.00) (21.25) (21.08)

UU7560SF 762 x 610 687 535 14

(30.00 x 24.00) (27.05) (21.08)

Inch dimensions in ( ).

ULTRX

Type 4X Fiberglass Enclosures

Accessories

Keylock Kit and Padlock Kit

Keylock Kit or pushbutton style Padlock Kit

is easily inserted in latch hole to prevent

unauthorized personnel from gaining access to

enclosure contents. Each kit is fully assembled

for easy installation in the field.Type 316 stainless

steel construction.

aHandles maintain UL 508A, 508 Type 3, Type 4, Type 4X,

and Type 12 when properly installed on a Hoffman

enclosure.

bSet up for 1/4 inch or 3/8 inch padlock.

Key Insert

Inserts can be substituted for the standard

quarter-turn latch. Inserts are Type 316

stainless steel.

Catalog Number

UUHKL Keylock Kit

UUHPL a, b Padlock Kit

Catalog Number

UUL3DB Double-bit 3mm

UULSC Screw driver slot

Padlock KitKeylock Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

Kit is field installable. Corrosion-resistant

fiberglass material is rated Type 4X. Type 316

stainless steel mounting hardware is included.

Four mounting brackets per kit. Maintains UL

508A, 508 Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and 13 ratings.

Catalog Number

UUMF

Rev. C April 2005

6.131

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

ULTRX®Fiberglass

Bulletin

UX1

Self-Tapping Screws

Zinc-plated screws (1/4"-15x.88) are designed

to mount panels and accessories to DIN

bosses on back of enclosure.Ten screws

per package.

Catalog Number

UUMH1

Screw Insert Kit

Brass threaded inserts (10-32) with zinc-

plated screws. Used on door bosses and DIN

bosses. Four inserts and four screws per kit.

Catalog Number

UUMH2

Application

Designed to insulate and house electrical

and electronic controls, instruments, and

components in highly corrosive environments

indoors or outdoors. Ideal for use in

petro-chemical plants, sewage plants, and

electroplating plants.

Construction

• Fiberglass-reinforced material has excellent

temperature and chemical resistance qualities

and exhibits outstanding physical properties

• Seams are sealed, no holes or knockouts

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Fiberglass material is easily punched,

drilled, filed, or sawed

• Hinges and quick-release latches are

fiberglass-reinforced polyester

• Hasp for padlocking is Type 316L

stainless steel

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Copper flashed steel collar studs for

mounting optional panels and terminal block

kits

Finish/Color

Optional steel panels are white. Optional

unpainted aluminum and composite panels

available in select sizes. Fiberglass enclosure

is gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997: Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 3,Type 3R,

Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Frameless Window Kit

Panels (see table)

Stainless Steel Window Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Fiberglass Type 4X Wall-Mount Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

6.133

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Type 4X Wall-Mount Enclosures

Enclosure * Panel Additional

Catalog Enclosure Size Catalog Mounting Number of “C” Dimensions

Number A x B x C Number Panel Size G x H Latches Available

A20H1606GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 6.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 4 none

(513x 413x 152) (432 x 330) (554 x 254)

A20H2006GQRLP 20.19 x 20.25 x 6.00 A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 21.81 x 14.00 4 none

(513 x 514 x 152) (432 x 432) (554 x 356)

A24H2006GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 6.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 none

(616 x 514 x 152) (533 x 432) (657 x 356)

A30H2406GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 6.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 none

(768 x 616 x 152) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A20H1608GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 8.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 4 none

(513 x 413 x 203) (432 x 330) (554 x 254)

A20H2008GQRLP 20.19 x 20.25 x 8.00 A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 21.81 x 14.00 4 none

(513 x 514 x 203) (432 x 432) (554 x 356)

A24H2008GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 8.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 none

(616 x 514 x 203) (533 x 432) (657 x 356)

A24H2408GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 8.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 4 none

(614 x 614 x 203) (533 x 533) (656 x 457)

A30H2408GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 8.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 none

(768 x 616 x 203) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A36H3008GQRLP 36.25 x 30.25 x 8.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 37.58 x 24.00 5 none

(921 x 768 x 203) (838 x 686) (955 x 610)

A20H1610GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 10.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 4 none

(513 x 413 x 254) (432 x 330) (554 x 254)

A20H2010GQRLP 20.19 x 20.25 x 10.00 A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 21.81 x 14.00 4 none

(513 x 514 x 254) (432 x 432) (554 x 356)

A24H2010GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 10.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 none

(616 x 514 x 254) (533 x 432) (657 x 356)

A30H2410GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 10.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 none

(768 x 616 x 254) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A20H1612GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 12.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 4 none

(513 x 413 x 305) (432 x 330) (554 x 254)

A20H2012GQRLP 20.19 x 20.25 x 12.00 A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 21.81 x 14.00 4 none

(513 x 514 x 305) (432 x 432) (554 x 356)

A24H2012GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 12.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 11.00

(616 x 514 x 305) (533 x 432) (657 x 356) (279)

A24H2412GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 12.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 4 none

(614 x 614 x 305) (533 x 533) (656 x 457)

A30H2412GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 12.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 none

(768 x 616 x 305) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A36H3012GQRLP 36.25 x 30.25 x 12.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 37.58 x 24.00 5 none

(921 x 768 x 305) (838 x 686) (955 x 610)

A36H3612GQRLP 36.25 x 36.25 x 12.00 A36P36 33.00 x 33.00 37.58 x 30.00 7 none

(921 x 921 x 305) (838 x 838) (955 x 762)

A48H3612GQRLP 48.25 x 36.25 x 12.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 49.58 x 30.00 8 none

(1226 x 921 x 305) (1143 x 838) (1259 x 762)

A60H3612GQRLP 60.25 x 36.25 x 12.00 A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 61.58 x 30.00 8 none

(1530 x 921 x 305) (1448 x 838) (1564 x 762)

A24H2016GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 16.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 14.00

(616 x 514 x 406) (533 x 432) (657 x 356) (356)

A24H2416GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 16.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 4 6.00 10.00 14.00

(614 x 614 x 406) (533 x 533) (656 x 457) (152) (254) (356)

A30H2416GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 16.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 none

(768 x 616 x 406) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A48H3616GQRLP 48.25 x 36.25 x 16.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 49.65 x 30.00 8 none

(1226 x 921 x 406) (1143 x 838) (1261 x 762)

A60H3616GQRLP 60.25 x 36.25 x 16.00 A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 61.65 x 30.00 8 none

(1530 x 921 x 406) (1448 x 838) (1566 x 762)

A20H1620GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 20.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 4 14.00 16.00 18.00

(513 x 413 x 508) (432 x 330) (554 x 254) (356) (406) (457)

A20H2020GQRLP 20.19 x 20.25 x 20.00 A20P20 17.00 x 17.00 21.81 x 14.00 4 14.00 16.00 18.00

(513 x 514 x 508) (432 x 432) (554 x 356) (356) (406) (457)

A24H2020GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 20.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 14.00 16.00 18.00

(616 x 514 x 508) (533 x 432) (657 x 356) (356) (406) (457)

A24H2420GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 20.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 4 18.00

(614 x 614 x 508) (533 x 533) (656 x 457) (457)

A30H2420GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 20.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 14.00 16.00 18.00

(768 x 616 x 508) (686 x 533) (812 x 457) (356) (406) (457)

A36H3020GQRLP 36.25 x 30.25 x 20.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 37.72 x 24.00 5 none

(921 x 768 x 508) (838 x 686) (958 x 610)

A48H3620GQRLP 48.25 x 36.25 x 20.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 49.72 x 30.00 8 none

(1226 x 921 x 508) (1143 x 838) (1263 x 762)

A24H2024GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 24.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 4 22.00

(616 x 514 x 610) (533 x 432) (657 x 356) (559)

A24H2424GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 24.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 4 22.00

(614 x 614 x 610) (533 x 533) (656 x 457) (559)

A30H2424GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 24.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 5 22.00

(768 x 616 x 610) (686 x 533) (812 x 457) (559)

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A17

■Enclosures 36 x 30 or smaller

Front View with Door Side View Front View with Door Removed

Fiberglass Type 4X Wall-Mount Enclosures

NOTE: Enclosure A36H3020GQRLP still is

manufactured according to the drawing on

page 6.135.

6.135

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

■Enclosures 36 x 36 or larger

NOTE: Large data pocket provision when A=30.00 in. (762mm) or more. Data

pocket is furnished but not installed. Large data pocket is 12.00 x 12.00

in. (305 x 305mm); small data pocket is 6.00 x 6.00 in. (152 x 152mm).

Front View with Door Front View with Door Removed

Side View

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Bulletin

A17

*1.38" (35) = 1.81" (46) on A48H3620GQRLP

and A36H3020GQRLP only.

*2.75" (70) = 3.62" (92) on

A48H3620GQRLP and

A36H3020GQRLP only.

Fiberglass Type 4X Enclosures for

Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Application

Designed to insulate and house electrical

and electronic controls, instruments, and

components in highly corrosive environments

indoors or outdoors. Ideal for use in

petro-chemical plants, sewage plants, and

electroplating plants.

Designed to house the following:

◆Allen-Bradley

• Bulletin 1494V disconnect switches with

flange-mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms and Bulletin 1494V flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms for circuit breakers.

• Bulletin 140U flexible cable operating

mechanisms for 140U molded case

circuit breakers.

Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1494V-R1, -R2, and

-W2 operating handles and Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 1494F disconnect devices or Bulletin

1494D circuit breaker operators will not fit

these enclosures.

◆ABB Controls flange-mounted variable

depth operating mechanisms for disconnect

switches and circuit breakers.

◆Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

Type C361 flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms with disconnect

switches and Type C371 flange-mounted

variable depth operating mechanisms for

circuit breakers. Flex Shaft™handle

operators for circuit breakers.

◆General Electric Type STDA flange

handles and variable depth operating

mechanisms for disconnect switches and

circuit breakers.Also Spectra Flex™cable

operators for circuit breakers.

◆ Siemens ITE Max-Flex™flange-mounted

variable depth operating handle for

disconnect switches and circuit breakers as

well as some fixed depth operators for

disconnect switches.

◆Square D Class 9422 disconnect switches

with flange-mounted variable depth

operating mechanisms or cable

mechanisms and Class 9422 flange-

mounted variable depth operating

mechanisms or cable mechanisms for

circuit breakers.

These enclosures will not accept Square D

Class 9422 bracket-mounted disconnect

devices, 9422TG1or TG2 devices.

Construction

• Fiberglass-reinforced material has excellent

temperature and chemical resistance

qualities and exhibits outstanding physical

properties

• Seams are sealed, no holes or knockouts

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Fiberglass material is easily drilled, filed, or

sawed

• Hinges are fiberglass-reinforced polyester

• Doors are secured with Type 304 stainless

steel slotted quarter-turn latches

• Data pocket is high-impact thermoplastic

• Copper flashed steel collar studs for

mounting optional panels and terminal block

kits

• Holes provided in body for mounting

disconnect operating handle and operating

mechanism

• Internal grounding provisions for quarter-

turn latches

Finish/Color

Optional steel panels are white. Optional

unpainted aluminum and composite panels

available in select sizes. Fiberglass enclosure

is gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997: Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

cUL CSA-C22.2 No 94, File No. E61997:

Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12,

and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Frameless Window Kit

Panels (see table)

Stainless Steel Window Kit

Terminal Block Kit Assembly

Wiring Duct

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Windows

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: The disconnect handle shown in the picture is for illustration purposes

only. Disconnect handles are not sold with the enclosure.

Furnished with enclosure:

1. Bracket affixed to door for attaching

disconnect door catch (interlock)

2. Instructions to locate and install

disconnect switches, circuit breakers,and

operating mechanisms

Consult the Technical Information section of the

Specifier’s Guide Volume 20 for wire bend

information and hoffmanonline.com for

disconnect manufacturer information. Disconnect

switch (or circuit breakers), operating handle, and

operating mechanism are not furnished with

enclosure.

Important

Rev. A June 2003

6.137

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

A17

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

* Panels must be ordered separately. See General Accessories.

Standard Sizes Fiberglass Type 4X Enclosures for Flange-Mounted Disconnects

Enclosure * Panel Additional

Catalog Enclosure Size Catalog Mounting Number of “C” Dimensions

Number A x B x C Number Panel Size G x H Latches Available

A20HS1610GQRLP 20.19 x 16.25 x 10.00 A20P16 17.00 x 13.00 21.81 x 10.00 2 none

(513 x 413 x 254) (432 x 330) (554 x 254)

A24HS2008GQRLP 24.25 x 20.25 x 8.00 A24P20 21.00 x 17.00 25.86 x 14.00 2 none

(616 x 514 x 203) (533 x 432) (657 x 356)

A24HS2408GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 8.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 2 none

(614 x 614 x 203) (533 x 533) (656 x 457)

A24HS2412GQRLP 24.19 x 24.19 x 12.00 A24P24 21.00 x 21.00 25.81 x 18.00 2 none

(614 x 614 x 305) (533 x 533) (656 x 457)

A30HS2412GQRLP 30.25 x 24.25 x 12.00 A30P24 27.00 x 21.00 31.95 x 18.00 2 none

(768 x 616 x 305) (686 x 533) (812 x 457)

A36HS3012GQRLP 36.25 x 30.25 x 12.00 A36P30 33.00 x 27.00 37.58 x 24.00 4 none

(921 x 768 x 305) (838 x 686) (955 x 610)

A48HS3612GQRLP 48.25 x 36.25 x 12.00 A48P36 45.00 x 33.00 49.58 x 30.00 5 none

(1226 x 921 x 305) (1143 x 838) (1259 x 762)

A60HS3612GQRLP 60.25 x 36.25 x 12.00 A60P36 57.00 x 33.00 61.58 x 30.00 5 none

(1530 x 921 x 305) (1448 x 838) (1564 x 762)

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Consult disconnect

manufacturer or see

Disconnect Ordering

Information at

hoffmanonline.com for

the W1 dimension of

various brands of

disconnects.

NOTE:

Be sure to match the

disconnect device you are

using with the correct

enclosure size.

Space Occupied by Disconnect

NOTE: E1 = 8.62 (219) when A<30.00 (768) and

C = 8.00 (203), 10.00 (254), or

12.00 (305)

E1 = 11.62 (295) when A>30.00 (768) and

C = 12.00 (305)

W1 = Wiring Space. See Appendix A,

Technical Information, for wire

bend space.

Disconnects will occupy space on panel shown in detail at

right.Wiring space W1 is available when disconnect is

installed in the enclosure.

Refer to National Electrical Code®2002

article 430-10(b) for wiring space required

for line side conductors to be connected to

disconnect. Verify your application to determine

whether wiring space is adequate.

Rev. A June 2003

Fiberglass Type 4X Enclosures for

Flange-Mounted Disconnects

■Enclosures 30 x 24 or smaller

Front View with Door Side View Front View with Door Removed

NOTE: Internal grounding provisions on the latch side(s) of the internal

body flange.

Rev. A June 2003

6.139

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

A17

■Enclosures 36 x 30 or larger

Front View with Door Front View with Door Removed

Side View

NOTES: 1. Large data pocket provision when A=30.00 in. (762mm) or more.

Data pocket is furnished but not installed. Large data pocket is

12.00 x 12.00 in. (305 x 305mm); small data pocket is 6.00 x 6.00

in. (152 x 152mm).

2. Internal grounding provisions on the latch side(s) of the internal

body flange.

Fiberglass Wall-Mount

Rev. A June 2003

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

cUL C22.2 No. 14 File No. E61997:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

E.I.A. RS-310-D

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requirements

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Bottom Support Kit (required when using

Casters or Floor-Stand Kit)

Casters

Electric Heater

Floor Stand Kit

Folding Shelf

Free-Stand Accessories

Panels (see table)

Rack Panels

Window Kit

Wiring Duct

Application

Designed to insulate and house electrical

and electronic controls, instruments, and

components in highly corrosive environments

indoors or outdoors. Ideal for use in oil

refineries and chemical processing plants,

waste water treatment, pulp and paper

processing, and marine installations,

electroplating plants, agricultural environments,

and food or animal processing plants.

Construction

• Fiberglass reinforced polyester material has

excellent temperature and chemical

resistance and exhibits outstanding

physical properties

• Seams are sealed, no holes or knockouts

• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled,

filed, or sawed

• Models have either a 3-point latching system

with handle or stainless steel captivated door

screws

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Painted steel top, bottom, and side

reinforcements standard; stainless steel

corner reinforcements optional

• Heavy duty Type 316 stainless steel lifting

eyes

• Mounting channels attached horizontally to

interior body sides at top, bottom, and

center. Painted mounting channels standard;

stainless steel optional

• Panels and rack mounting angles can be

mounted anywhere along corner channels

• Hinges are corrosion-resistant fiberglass with

no exposed metal parts

• Large high impact thermoplastic data pocket

(12.00 x 12.00 in. or 305 x 305mm) is

provided

• Molded-in drip shield

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel

POWERGLIDE®handle on handle versions

Finish/Color

Optional steel panels are white. Fiberglass

enclosure is gray inside and out.

Standard Size Fiberglass Single-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

Enclosure Estimated

Catalog Enclosure Size Shipping Wt.

Number Description A x B x C Lbs. Kg

A722525FGFS Stainless steel captivated door screws 72.00 x 25.00 x 24.50 215 97.5

(1829 x 635 x 622)

A722525FGFS3PT 3-point latching system/Type 316 stainless steel handle 72.00 x 25.00 x 24.50 215 97.5

(1829 x 635 x 622)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Fiberglass Single-Door

Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in subpanel

• Subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

Patent: 5,634,357 (U.S.)

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

6.141

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Free-Standing Enclosure Group Accessory Selection Guide

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 12

Single-Door Single Access

Enclosures

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 12

Two-Door Dual Access

Enclosures

Stainless Steel

Free-Standing Type 4X

Enclosures

Free-Standing

Fiberglass Type 4X

Enclosure

Panel for

Single-Door

Enclosures

Heavy Duty

Panel Supports Rack Mounting

Angles

Clip Nut

Package

Rack Panel

Screw Package

Drawer

Writing Surface

for Drawers

Shelf

Guides

Center Panel

Support

Swing-Out

Rack Mounting

Frame

Panel for

Two-Door

Enclosures

Swing-Out

Panel

Side-Mounted

Panel

To select an accessory for an enclosure, see the Fiberglass Single-Door Accessory Selection tables on following pages.

Internal Accessories

Fiberglass Free-Standing

Bulletin

A17

See Chapter 12, General Accessories

Accessory Selection Fiberglass Single-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures (For details see General Accessories)

Rack Mounting Accessory Selection Single-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures (For details see General Accessories)

Item Catalog Number Description Size

Panels A72P24F1 Full Panel 60.00 x 20.00 (1524 x 508)

A72P24F2 Half Panel 30.88 x 20.00 (784 x 508)

Swing-Out Panels A72SP24F3 Full Swing-Out Panel 60.00 x 18.19 (1524 x 462)

A72SP24F4bHalf Swing-Out Panel2 30.88 x 18.19 (784 x 462)

Side-Mounted Panels A72SMP14 14.00 in. (356mm) Wide Panel 60.00 x 14.00 (1524 x 356)

A72SMP20 20.00 in. (508mm) Wide Panel 60.00 x 20.00 (1524 x 508)

Clamping Nuts APS1420CN 1/4-20 Clamping Nut (package of 20)

APS51618CN 5/16-18 Clamping Nut (package of 20)

Casters DMCKC Set of four Casters 4.00 x 3.00 (102 x 76)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

aRequires Heavy Duty Panel Support.

bFits in top or bottom half of enclosure.

cRequires Bottom Support, cataog number A17SUPPORT1.

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

a1 unit = 1.75 inches (44mm)

bRequires two sets of Type RA Rack Mounting Angles for installation.

Item Catalog Number Description Size Unitsa

Rack Mounting Angles (Type RP) A72RP24F5 Two Full-Length Angles Length = 61.25 (1556) 35

A72RP24F6 Two Half-Length Angles Length = 31.50 (800) 18

Rack Mounting Angles (Type RA) A60RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles Length = 49.00 (1245) 28

A72RA19TH Two Full-Length Angles Length = 61.25 (1556) 35

Clip Nut Package AN1032 #10-32 Zinc-Plated (package of 20) Fits U-Style (Type RA) Rack Mounting Angle —

Rack Panels Aluminum Steel —

A19RP1UAL A19RP1U 19.00 x 1.75 (483 x 44) 1

A19RP2UAL A19RP2U 19.00 x 3.50 (483 x 133) 2

A19RP3UAL A19RP3U 19.00 x 5.25 (483 x 133) 3

A19RP4UAL A19RP4U 19.00 x 7.00 (483 x 178) 4

A19RP5UAL A19RP5U 19.00 x 8.75 (483 x 222) 5

A19RP6UAL A19RP6U 19.00 x 10.50 (483 x 267) 6

A19RP7UAL A19RP7U 19.00 x 12.25 (483 x 311) 7

A19RP8UAL A19RP8U 19.00 x 14.00 (483 x 356) 8

—A19RP9U 19.00 x 15.75 (483 x 400) 9

—A19RP10U 19.00 x 17.50 (483 x 445) 10

A19RP11UAL A19RP11U 19.00 x 19.25 (483 x 489) 11

A19RP12UAL A19RP12U 19.00 x 21.00 (483 x 533) 12

—A19RP16U 19.00 x 28.00 (483 x 533) 16

Screw Package AS1032 #10-32 Truss Head Nickel-Plated (package of 20) —

Drawers A19DR2UbPull-Out Drawer Depth = 3.47 (88) 2

A19DR4UbPull-Out Drawer Depth = 6.97 (177) 4

Writing Surface for Drawers A19SWDR Hinged Surface Fits Drawer A19DR2U and A19DR4U —

Shelves A19SHP6 Pull-Out Shelf 2

A19SH5 Fixed Shelf 1

A19SH6 Fixed Shelf 1

Guides AG1U6 Chassis Guide (set of two) 1

Fiberglass Single-Door

Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

6.143

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTE: Door opens 175°.

Fiberglass Free-Standing

Bulletin

A17

Fiberglass Two-Door

Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

Application

Designed to insulate and house electrical and

electronic controls, instruments, and

components in highly corrosive environments

indoors or outdoors. Ideal for use in oil

refineries and chemical processing plants,

waste water treatment, pulp and paper

processing, and marine installations,

electroplating plants, agricultural environments,

and food or animal processing plants.

Construction

• Fiberglass reinforced polyester material has

excellent temperature and chemical

resistance and exhibits outstanding

physical properties

• Seams are sealed, no holes or knockouts

• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled,

filed, or sawed

• Models have either a 3-point latching system

with handle or stainless steel captivated

door screws

• Patented Type 316 stainless steel

POWERGLIDE®handle on handle versions

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures a

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Painted steel top, bottom, and side

reinforcements standard; stainless steel

corner reinforcements optional

• Solid centerpost (not removable) has

heavy-gauge stiffener

• Heavy duty Type 316 stainless steel lifting

eyes

• Hinges are corrosion-resistant fiberglass with

no exposed metal parts

• Stainless steel captivated door screws

• Large data pocket (12.00 x 12.00 in. or 305 x

305mm) is high-impact thermoplastic

• Molded-in drip shield

Finish/Color

Fiberglass enclosure is gray inside and out.

Steel panels are white.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

cUL C22.2 No 14 File No. E61997:Type 3,

Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

NEMA Type 3,Type 3R,Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

IEC 60529, IP66

Meets Type 3RX requiremets

Accessories

See Chapter 12, General Accessories.

Bottom Support Kit (required if using Casters,

Floor-Stand Kit, or Unistrut Mounting Kit)

Casters

Electric Heater

Floor-Stand Kit

Folding Shelf

Free-Stand Accessories

Unistrut Mounting Kit (must also use Bottom

Support Kit

Window Kit

Wiring Duct

Standard Size Fiberglass Two-Door Free-Standing Type 4X Enclosures

Enclosure Catalog Enclosure Size

Number A x B x C NumberPof Panels Panel Size

A724925FG 72.00 x 49.00 x 24.50 2 56.00 x 22.00

(1829 x 1245 x 622) (1422 x 559)

A724925FGFS3PT 72.00 x 49.00 x 24.50 2 56.00 x 22.00

(1829 x 1245 x 622) (1422 x 559)

Millimeter dimensions ( ) are for reference only; do not convert metric dimensions to inch.

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Tapped holes, fasteners in subpanel

• Subpanels

• Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters)

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

Patent: 5,634,357 (U.S.)

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

Rev. A June 2003

6.145

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Upper, middle and lower supports as well as

centerpost stiffener are steel.

2. Optional Bottom Support Kit required

when installing Casters, Floor-Stand Kit,

or Unistrut Mounting Kit.

Fiberglass Free-Standing

Bulletin

A17

NOTE: Section Y-Y shown with the optional Bottom

Support Kit and Unistrut Mounting Kit

accessories installed.

QLINE®D Polycarbonate Type 4X

Pushbutton Enclosures

Application

Contoured body with cover screws provides

an attractive contemporary appearance.

Enclosures are designed to insulate and house

30.5mm or 22.5mm pushbuttons in wet, dusty,

and/or corrosive environments.

Finish/Color

Optional panels are unpainted zinc plated

steel. Polycarbonate enclosure material is

RAL 7035 light gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

UL 508A, 508, File Number E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12

CSA File Number LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

and Type 12

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

IEC 60529, IP67

Accessories

DIN Rails

Hardware Kit

Hinge Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

Construction

• High-impact polycarbonate material is used

for both body and cover

• Polycarbonate material is easily punched,

drilled, filed, or sawed

• Straight side walls permit ganging of

multiple enclosures

• Cross-point captivated cover screws are

stainless steel

• Mounting holes molded directly adjacent

cover screws

• Cover screws protected by removable caps

that are both aesthetic and provide

tamper resistance

• Molded internal pads for mounting optional

panels, rails, or other components

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Screws provided for mounting optional panel

• Mounting hardware furnished

Hole Arrangement

Q1PBPCD Q2PBPCDM Q3PBPCDM Q4PBPCDM Q4PBPCD Q6PBPCD

Q1PBPCDM Q2PBPCD Q3PBPCD

6.147

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal Panel*

30.5mm 22.5mm Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Panel Size Mounting

Hole Hole L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H F J P Q R S U X Y Z

Q1PBPCD Q1PBPCDM 82 x 80 75 x 73 x 79 Q88PD 68 x 55 70 x 50 72 70 58 43.5 — 58 3 40 41 —

(3.23 x 3.15) (2.95 x 2.87 x 3.11) (2.68 x 2.17) (2.76 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (2.28) (1.71) (2.28) (0.12) (1.57) (1.61)

—Q2PBPCDM 120 x 80 113 x 73 x 79 Q128PD 91 x 65 108 x 50 72 70 58 81.5 — 96 3 40 36 48

(4.72 x 3.15) (4.45 x 2.87 x 3.11) (3.58 x 2.56) (4.25 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (2.28) (3.21) (3.78) (0.12) (1.57) (1.42) (1.89)

Q2PBPCD — 160 x 80 153 x 73 x 79 Q168PD 131 x 65 148 x 50 72 70 58 121.5 — 136 3 40 48 64

(6.30 x 3.15) (6.02 x 2.87 x 3.11) (5.16 x 2.56) (5.83 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (2.28) (4.78) (5.35) (0.12) (1.57) (1.89) (2.52)

—Q3PBPCDM 160 x 80 153 x 73 x 79 Q168PD 131 x 65 148 x 50 72 70 58 121.5 — 136 3 40 32 48

(6.30 x 3.15) (6.02 x 2.87 x 3.11) (5.16 x 2.56) (5.83 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (2.28) (4.78) (5.35) (0.12) (1.57) (1.26) (1.89)

Q3PBPCD — 200 x 120 193 x 113 x 79 Q2012PD 170 x 100 188 x 90 72 70 90 160 40 176 3 60 36 64

(7.87 x 4.72) (7.60 x 4.45 x 3.11) (6.69 x 3.94) (7.40 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (3.54) (6.30) (1.57) (6.93) (0.12) (2.36) (1.42) (2.52)

Q4PBPCD — 200 x 120 193 x 113 x 79 Q2012PD 170 x 100 188 x 90 72 70 90 160 40 176 3 28 68 64

(7.87 x 4.72) (7.60 x 4.45 x 3.11) (6.69 x 3.94) (7.40 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (3.54) (6.30) (1.57) (6.93) (0.12) (1.10) (2.68) (2.52)

—Q4PBPCDM 200 x 120 193 x 113 x 79 Q2012PD 170 x 100 188 x 90 72 70 90 160 40 176 3 60 28 48

(7.87 x 4.72) (7.60 x 4.45 x 3.11) (6.69 x 3.94) (7.40 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (3.54) (6.30) (1.57) (6.93) (0.12) (2.36) (1.10) (1.89)

Q6PBPCD — 240 x 160 233 x 153 x 83.5 Q2416PD 211 x 148 228 x 130 77.5 75 138 201.5 75 215 3.5 48 56 64

(9.45 x 6.30) (9.17 x 6.02 x 3.29) (8.31 x 5.83) (8.98 x 5.12) (3.05) (2.95) (5.43) (7.93) (2.95) (8.46) (0.14) (1.89) (2.20) (2.52)

Standard Sizes QLINE®D Polycarbonate Type 4X Pushbutton Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Top View

Top View with Cover Removed

30.5mm 4-way 22.5mm 4-way

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Application

Designed for use as insulated electrical

junction boxes, terminal wiring boxes,

instrument housings, electrical control boxes,

and push-button housings in wet, dusty, and/or

corrosive environments that may also be

subjected to occasional submersion.

The ABD series of enclosures provides the

same features and similar physical properties as

its polycarbonate counterpart, the PCD series

of enclosures, but at a lower cost.

Construction

• Body is impact-resistant polycarbonate for

PCD series and ABS for ABD series

• Opaque and clear covers are impact-resistant

polycarbonate for PCD series and ABS for

ABD series

• Polycarbonate material is easily punched,

drilled, filed, or sawed

• Straight side walls permit ganging of

multiple enclosures

• Cross-point captivated cover screws are

stainless steel

• Mounting holes molded directly adjacent to

cover screws

• Mounting tracks along body side walls and

bosses on cover for PC card installation

• Cover screws protected by removable caps

that are aesthetic and provide tamper

resistance

• Molded internal pads for mounting optional

panels, rails, and other components

• Panel mounting feature on both body

and cover

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

• Screws provided for mounting optional panel

Finish/Color

Optional panels are zinc-plated steel.

Polycarbonate and ABS enclosure material is

RAL 7035 light gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

Polycarbonate Enclosure

UL 508A, 508, File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 6,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 6,

Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 6,Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

IEC 60529, IP67

ABS Enclosure

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 6,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating UL94-HB

IEC 60529, IP67

Accessories

DIN Rails

Hardware Kit

Hinge Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

6.149

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal Panel*

Opaque Clear Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Panel Size Mounting

Cover Cover L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H F J K P Q R S U

Q554PCD Q554PCDCC 55 x 53 49.5 x 47.5 x 31 — — 43 x 41 27.5 25 10 16 — — — 2

Q554ABD Q554ABDCC (2.17 x 2.09) (1.95 x 1.87 x 1.22) (1.69 x 1.61) (1.08) (0.98) (0.39) (0.63) (0.08)

Q886PCD Q886PCDCC 82 x 80 75.5 x 73.5 x 49 Q88PD 68 x 55 70 x 50 42 40 15 58 43.5 — 58 3

Q886ABD Q886ABDCC (3.23 x 3.15) (2.97 x 2.89 x 1.93) (2.68 x 2.17) (2.76 x 1.97) (1.65) (1.57) (0.59) (2.28) (1.71) (2.28) (0.12)

Q1286PCD Q1286PCDCC 120 x 80 113.5 x 73.5 x 49 Q128PD 91x 65 108x 50 42 40 15 58 81.5 — 96 3

Q1286ABD Q1286ABDCC (4.72 x 3.15) (4.47 x 2.89 x 1.93) (3.58 x 2.56) (4.25 x 1.97) (1.65) (1.57) (0.59) (2.28) (3.21) (3.78) (0.12)

Q1686PCD Q1686PCDCC 160 x 80 153.5 x 73.5 x 49 Q168PD 131x 65 148 x 50 42 40 15 58 121.5 — 136 3

Q1686ABD Q1686ABDCC (6.30 x 3.15) (6.04 x 2.89 x 1.93) (5.16 x 2.56) (5.83 x 1.97) (1.65) (1.57) (0.59) (2.28) (4.78) (5.35) (0.12)

Q12126PCD Q12126PCDCC 122 x 120 115.5 x 113.5 x 49 Q1212PD 105 x93 110 x 90 72 70 15 98 83.5 — 98 3

Q12126ABD Q12126ABDCC (4.80 x 4.72) (4.55 x 4.47 x 1.93) (4.13 x 3.66) (4.33 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (3.86) (3.29) (3.86) (0.12)

Q20158PCD Q20158PCDCC 200 x 150 193 x 143 x 69 Q2015PD 170 x 128 188 x 120 62 60 15 118 160 118 176 3

Q20158ABD Q20158ABDCC (7.87 x 5.91) (7.60 x 5.63 x 2.72) (6.69 x 5.04) (7.40 x 4.72) (2.44) (2.36) (0.59) (4.65) (6.30) (4.65) (6.93) (0.12)

Q889PCD Q889PCDCC 82 x 80 75.5 x 73.5 x 79 Q88PD 68 x 55 70 x 50 72 70 15 58 43.5 37 58 3

Q889ABD Q889ABDCC (3.23 x 3.15) (2.97 x 2.89 x 3.11) (2.68 x 2.17) (2.76 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (2.28) (1.71) (1.46) (2.28) (0.12)

Q1289PCD Q1289PCDCC 120 x 80 113 x 73 x 79 Q128PD 91x 65 108 x 50 72 70 15 58 81.5 — 96 3

Q1289ABD Q1289ABDCC (4.72 x 3.15) (4.45 x 2.87 x 3.11) (3.58 x 2.56) (4.25 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (2.28) (3.21) (3.78) (0.12)

Q1689PCD Q1689PCDCC 160 x 80 153 x 73 x 79 Q168PD 131x 65 148 x 50 72 70 15 58 121.5 — 136 3

Q1689ABD Q1689ABDCC (6.30 x 3.15) (6.02 x 2.87 x 3.11) (5.16 x 2.56) (5.83 x 1.97) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (2.28) (4.78) (5.35) (0.12)

Q12129PCD Q12129PCDCC 122 x 120 115.5 x 113.5 x 79 Q1212PD 105 x93 110 x 90 72 70 15 98 83.5 97 98 3

Q12129ABD Q12129ABDCC (4.80 x 4.72) (4.55 x 4.47 x 3.11) (4.13 x 3.66) (4.33 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (3.86) (3.29) (3.82) (3.86) (0.12)

Q20129PCD Q20129PCDCC 200 x 120 193 x 113 x 79 Q2012PD 170 x 100 188 x 90 72 70 15 90 160 40 176 3

Q20129ABD Q20129ABDCC (7.87 x 4.72) (7.60 x 4.45 x 3.11) (6.69 x 3.94) (7.40 x 3.54) (2.83) (2.76) (0.59) (3.54) (6.30) (1.57) (6.93) (0.12)

Q30239PCD Q30239PCDCC 300 x 230 293 x 223 x 78.5 Q3023PD 265 x 210 288 x 200 72.5 55 30 198 255 160 275 3.5

Q30239ABD Q30239ABDCC (11.81 x 9.06) (11.54 x 8.78 x 3.09) (10.43 x 8.27) (11.34 x 7.87) (2.85) (2.17) (1.18) (7.80)

(10.04)

(6.30) (10.83) (0.14)

Q16129PCD Q16129PCDCC 160 x 120 153 x 113 x 83.5 Q1612PD 130 x 100 148 x 90 77.5 60 30 90 120 — 136 3

Q16129ABD Q16129ABDCC (6.30 x 4.72) (6.02 x 4.45 x 3.29) (5.12 x 3.94) (5.83 x 3.54) (3.05) (2.36) (1.18) (3.54) (4.72) (5.35) (0.12)

Q24169PCD Q24169PCDCC 240 x 160 233 x 153 x 83.5 Q2416PD 211 x 148 228 x 130 77.5 75 15 138 201.5 75 215 3.5

Q24169ABD Q24169ABDCC (9.45 x 6.30) (9.17 x 6.02 x 3.29) (8.31 x 5.83) (8.98 x 5.12) (3.05) (2.95) (0.59) (5.43) (7.93) (2.95) (8.46) (0.14)

Q302311PCD Q302311PCDCC 300 x 230 293 x 223 x 103.5 Q3023PD 265 x 210 288 x 200 97.5 55 55 198 255 160 275 3.5

Q302311ABD Q302311ABDCC (11.81 x 9.06) (11.54 x 8.78 x 4.07) (10.43 x 8.27) (11.34 x 7.87) (3.84) (2.17) (2.17) (7.80)

(10.04)

(6.30)

(10.83)

(0.14)

Q241612PCD Q241612PCDCC 240 x 160 233 x 153 x 113.5 Q2416PD 211 x 148 228 x 130 107.5 75 45 75 201.5 75 215 3.5

Q241612ABD Q241612ABDCC (9.45 x 6.30) (9.17 x 6.02 x 4.47) (8.31 x 5.83) (8.98 x 5.12) (4.23) (2.95) (1.77) (2.95) (7.93) (2.95) (8.46) (0.14)

Standard Sizes QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Top View

Top View with Cover Removed

(when L x W = 200 x 150 or 240 x 120) Top View with Cover Removed

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

6.151

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Catalog Number

QDHK

Hardware Kit

includes six M4 self-tapping stainless steel

cover screws, six M4 self-tapping zinc-plated

panel screws, and six removable plastic

caps that fit over the screws to provide

tamper resistance as well as a clean aesthetic

appearance.This kit is offered as a replacement

kit for lost or damaged hardware originally

furnished with the enclosure.

Catalog Number

QDEHK

Hinge Kit

includes two polyamide hinges, eight M4

self-tapping zinc-plated screws, eight flat

washers, and drilling templates.

NOTE: Kit might not meet Type 4

requirements and should therefore be verified

by customer.

Catalog Number

QDMFK

Mounting Bracket Kit

has four polycarbonate brackets and four M4

self-tapping zinc-plated screws. Kit is

field installable. Maintains listed

ratings for enclosure.

QLINE®D Accessories

Bulletin

Q41

Rev. A October 2004

QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Selection Matrix

External Opaque Opaque Clear Clear

Dimensions Cover Cover Cover Cover Hinge Mounting Hardware

L W Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Panel Kit Bracket Kit Kit

55 53 Q554PCD Q554ABD Q554PCDCC Q554ABDCC

65 53 Q754PCD Q754ABD Q754PCDCC Q754ABDCC

82 80 Q886PCD Q886ABD Q886PCDCC Q886ABDCC Q88PD

82 80 Q889PCD Q889ABD Q889PCDCC Q889ABDCC Q88PD

120 80 Q1286PCD Q1286ABD Q1286PCDCC Q1286ABDCC Q128PD

Q1286PCEMC

120 80 Q1289PCD Q1289ABD Q1289PCDCC Q1289ABDCC Q128PD

Q1289PCEMC

160 80 Q1686PCD Q1686ABD Q1686PCDCC Q1686ABDCC Q168PD

160 80 Q1689PCD Q1689ABD Q1689PCDCC Q1689ABDCC Q168PD

Q1689PCEMC

122 120 Q12126PCD Q12126ABD Q12126PCDCC Q12126ABDCC Q1212PD

122 120 Q12129PCD Q12129ABD Q12129PCDCC Q12126ABDCC Q1212PD

160 120 Q16129PCD Q16129ABD Q16129PCDCC Q16129ABDCC Q1612PD

Q16129PCEMC

200 120 Q20128PCD Q20128ABD Q20128PCDCC Q20128ABDCC Q2012PD

200 120 Q20129PCD Q20129ABD Q20129PCDCC Q20128ABDCC Q2012PD

Q20129PCEMC

240 120 Q241210PCD Q241210ABD Q241210PCDCC Q241210ABDCC Q2412PD

200 150 Q20158PCD Q20158ABD Q20158PCDCC Q20158ABDCC Q2015PD

240 160 Q24169PCD Q24169ABD Q24169PCDCC Q24169ABDCC Q2416PD

Q24169PCEMC

240 160 Q241612PCD Q241612ABD Q241612PCDCC Q241612ABDCC Q2416PD

300 230 Q30239PCD Q30239ABD Q30239PCDCC Q30239ABDCC Q3023PD

300 230 Q302311PCD Q302311ABD Q302311PCDCC Q302311ABDCC Q3023PD

360 200 Q362015PCD Q362015ABD Q362015PCDCC Q362015ABDCC Q3620PD

Enclosures Accessories

Accessory Selection Matrix QLINE®D Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

QDEHK QDMFK QDHK

Rev. A October 2004

6.153

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®D Accessory Selection Matrix

External

Dimensions 30.5mm 22.5mm Hinge Mounting Hardware

L W Hole Hole Panel Kit Bracket Kit Kit

82 80 Q1PBPCD Q1PBPCDM Q88PD

120 80 Q2PBPCDM Q128PD

160 80 Q2PBPCD Q168PD

160 80 Q3PBPCDM Q168PD

200 120 Q3PBPCD Q2012PD

200 120 Q4PBPCD Q2012PD

200 120 Q4PBPCDM Q2012PD

240 160 Q6PBPCD Q2416PD

Accessory Selection Matrix QLINE®D Polycarbonate Type 4X and Type 6 Pushbutton Enclosures

See Pushbutton Enclosures in Chapter 2 for more information.

Enclosures Accessories

Bulletin

Q41

Rev. A October 2004

QDEHK QDMFK QDHK

Application

Contoured body with flush cover screws

provides an attractive and contemporary

appearance. Enclosures can be used as

insulated electrical junction boxes, terminal

wiring boxes, instrument housings, and as

housings for electrical controls in wet, dusty,

and/or corrosive environments that may also

be subject to occasional submersion.

The ABE series of enclosures provides the

same features and similar physical properties as

its polycarbonate counterpart, the PCE series

of enclosures, but at a lower cost.

Construction

• Body is impact-resistant polycarbonate for

PCE series and ABS for ABE series

• Opaque and clear covers are impact-resistant

polycarbonate for PCE, opaque covers are

ABS for ABE series

• Polycarbonate and ABS material is easily

punched, drilled, filed, or sawed

• Cross-point flush cover screws are strong,

durable polyamide

• Cover includes a molded-in wire lead hole

• Mounting tracks along body side walls for

PC card installation

• Molded internal pads for mounting optional

panels, rails, and other components

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

Finish/Color

Optional panels are zinc-plated steel.

Polycarbonate and ABS enclosure material is

RAL 7035 light gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

Polycarbonate Enclosure

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 6,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 6,

Type 12, and Type 13

CSA File No. LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

IEC 60529, IP67

ABS Enclosure

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 6,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating UL94-HB

IEC 60529, IP67

Accessories

Brass Insert Kit

DIN Rails

Hardware Kit

Hinge Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman sales

representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

6.155

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal * Panel

Opaque Clear Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Panel Size Mounting

Cover Cover L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H F K P Q S

Q1388PCE Q1388PCECC 125 x 75 118.5 x 68.5 x 67.4 Q138PE 98 x 48 110 x 60 60.5 25 40 75 90

Q1388ABE Q1388ABECC (4.92 x 2.95) (4.67 x 2.70 x 2.65) (3.86 x 1.89) (4.33 x 2.36) (2.38) (0.98) (1.57) (2.95) (3.54)

Q13138PCE Q13138PCECC 125 x 125 118.5 x 118.5 x 67.4 Q1313PE 98 x 98 110 x 110 60.5 25 90 75 90

Q13138ABE Q13138ABECC (4.92 x 4.92) (4.67 x 4.67 x 2.65) (3.86 x 3.86) (4.33 x 4.33) (2.38) (0.98) (3.54) (2.95) (3.54)

Q18138PCE Q18138PCECC 175 x 125 168.5 x 118.5 x 67.4 Q1813PE 148 x 98 160 x 110 60.5 25 90 100 140

Q18138ABE Q18138ABECC (6.89 x 4.92) (6.63 x 4.67 x 2.65) (5.83 x 3.86) (6.30 x 4.33) (2.38) (0.98) (3.54) (3.94) (5.51)

Q18188PCE Q18188PCECC 175 x 175 168.5 x 168.5 x 67.4 Q1818PE 148 x 148 160 x 160 60.5 25 140 125 140

Q18188ABE Q18188ABECC (6.89 x 6.89) (6.63 x 6.63 x 2.65) (5.83 x 5.83) (6.30 x 6.30) (2.38) (0.98) (5.51) (4.92) (5.51)

Q25188PCE Q25188PCECC 250 x 175 243.5 x 168.5 x 67.4 Q2518PE 223 x 148 235 x 160 60.5 25 138.5 201.6 215

Q25188ABE Q25188ABECC (9.84 x 6.89) (9.59 x 6.63 x 2.65) (8.78 x 5.83) (9.25 x 6.30) (2.38) (0.98) (5.45) (7.94) (8.46)

Q13810PCE Q13810PCECC 125 x 75 118.5 x 68.5 x 92.4 Q138PE 98 x 48 110 x 60 85.5 50 40 75 90

Q13810ABE Q13810ABECC (4.92 x 2.95) (4.67 x 2.70 x 3.64) (3.86 x 1.89) (4.33 x 2.36) (3.37) (1.97) (1.57) (2.95) (3.54)

Q131310PCE Q131310PCECC 125 x 125 118.5 x 118.5 x 92.4 Q1313PE 98 x 98 110 x 110 85.5 50 90 75 90

Q131310ABE Q131310ABECC (4.92 x 4.92) (4.67 x 4.67 x 3.64) (3.86 x 3.86) (4.33 x 4.33) (3.37) (1.97) (3.54) (2.95) (3.54)

Q181310PCE Q181310PCECC 175 x 125 168.5 x 118.5 x 92.4 Q1813PE 148 x 98 160 x 110 85.5 50 90 100 140

Q181310ABE Q181310ABECC (6.89 x 4.92) (6.63 x 4.67 x 3.64) (5.83 x 3.86) (6.30 x 4.33) (3.37) (1.97) (3.54) (3.94) (5.51)

Q181810PCE Q181810PCECC 175 x 175 168.5 x 168.5 x 92.4 Q1818PE 148 x 148 160 x 160 85.5 50 140 125 140

Q181810ABE Q181810ABECC (6.89 x 6.89) (6.63 x 6.63 x 3.64) (5.83 x 5.83) (6.30 x 6.30) (3.37) (1.97) (5.51) (4.92) (5.51)

Q251810PCE Q251810PCECC 250 x 175 243.5 x 168.5 x 92.4 Q2518PE 223 x 148 235 x 160 85.5 50 138.5 201.6 215

Q251810ABE Q251810ABECC (9.84 x 6.89) (9.59 x 6.63 x 3.64) (8.78 x 5.83) (9.25 x 6.30) (3.37) (1.97) (5.45) (7.94) (8.46)

Q13813PCE Q13813PCECC 125 x 75 118.5 x 68.5 x 117.4 Q138PE 98 x 48 110 x 60 110.5 75 40 75 90

Q13813ABE Q13813ABECC (4.92 x 2.95) (4.67 x 2.70 x 4.62) (3.86 x 1.89) (4.33 x 2.36) (4.35) (2.95) (1.57) (2.95) (3.54)

Q131313PCE Q131313PCECC 125 x 125 118.5 x 118.5 x 117.4 Q1313PE 98 x 98 110 x 110 110.5 75 90 75 90

Q131313ABE Q131313ABECC (4.92 x 4.92) (4.67 x 4.67 x 4.62) (3.86 x 3.86) (4.33 x 4.33) (4.35) (2.95) (3.54) (2.95) (3.54)

Q181313PCE Q181313PCECC 175 x 125 168.5 x 118.5 x 117.4 Q1813PE 148 x 98 160 x 110 110.5 75 90 100 140

Q181313ABE Q181313ABECC (6.89 x 4.92) (6.63 x 4.67 x 4.62) (5.83 x 3.86) (6.30 x 4.33) (4.35) (2.95) (3.54) (3.94) (5.51)

Q181813PCE Q181813PCECC 175 x 175 168.5 x 168.5 x 117.4 Q1818PE 148 x 148 160 x 160 110.5 75 140 125 140

Q181813ABE Q181813ABECC (6.89 x 6.89) (6.63 x 6.63 x 4.62) (5.83 x 5.83) (6.30 x 6.30) (4.35) (2.95) (5.51) (4.92) (5.51)

Q181315PCE Q181315PCECC 175 x 125 168.5 x 118.5 x 142.4 Q1813PE 148 x 98 160 x 110 135.5 100 90 100 140

Q181315ABE Q181315ABECC (6.89 x 4.92) (6.63 x 4.67 x 5.61) (5.83 x 3.86) (6.30 x 4.33) (5.33) (3.94) (3.54) (3.94) (5.51)

Q181815PCE Q181815PCECC 175 x 175 168.5 x 168.5 x 142.4 Q1818PE 148 x 148 160 x 160 135.5 100 140 125 140

Q181815ABE Q181815ABECC (6.89 x 6.89) (6.63 x 6.63 x 5.61) (5.83 x 5.83) (6.30 x 6.30) (5.33) (3.94) (5.51) (4.92) (5.51)

Q251815PCE Q251815PCECC 250 x 175 243.5 x 168.5 x 142.4 Q2518PE 223 x 148 235 x 160 135.5 100 138.5 201.6 215

Q251815ABE Q251815ABECC (9.84 x 6.89) (9.59 x 6.63 x 5.61) (8.78 x 5.83) (9.25 x 6.30) (5.33) (3.94) (5.45) (7.94) (8.46)

Standard Sizes QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels must be ordered separately.

Top View with Cover Removed Top View with Cover Removed

(when L = 250)

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Top View

6.157

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Catalog Number Description

QEBI M2 thread inserts

Brass Inserts

Self-tapping brass inserts fit into molded pads

in the bottom of the enclosure. Inserts have

an M2 internal machine screw thread and

M4 self-tapping external thread. Four inserts

per package.

Catalog Number

QDEHK

Hinge Kit

includes two polyamide hinges, eight M4

self-tapping zinc plated screws, eight flat

washers, and drilling template.

NOTE: Kit might not meet Type 4

requirements and should therefore be verified

by customer.

Rev. A October 2004

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X and Type 6 Accessories

Catalog Fits QLINE®

Number Description Enclosure

QEHK35 35mm screw when C = 67.4mm,

117.4mm, or 142.4mm

QEHK60 60mm screw when C = 92.4mm

Hardware Kit

Four cross-point polyamide cover screws

and four M4 self-tapping zinc plated screws

used to mount optional panels, rails, and other

components.This kit is offered as a replacement

kit for lost or damaged

hardware hardware originally furnished

with the enclosure.

Catalog Number

Q-EMFK

Mounting Bracket Kit

fits all QLINE®Series E enclosure sizes. No

modification to the enclosure is required

for installation. Maintains listed ratings. Kit

includes four polycarbonate brackets and four

M4 self-tapping zinc-plated screws.

6.159

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

Accessory Selection Matrix QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X and Type 6 Enclosures

Enclosures Accessories

External Opaque Opaque Clear Clear Mounting

Dimensions Cover Cover Cover Cover Brass Hinge Bracket Hardware

L W Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Panel Inserts Kit Kit Kit

125 75 Q1388PCE Q1388ABE Q1388PCECC Q138ABECC Q138PE QEHK35

Q1388PCEMC

125 75 Q13810PCE Q13810ABE Q13810PCECC Q13810ABECC Q138PE QEHK60

125 75 Q13813PCE Q13813ABE Q13813PCECC Q13813ABECC Q138PE QEHK35

125 125 Q13138PCE Q13138ABE Q13138PCECC Q13138ABECC Q1313PE QEHK35

Q13138PCEMC

125 125 Q131310PCE Q131310ABE Q131310PCECC Q131310ABECC Q1313PE QEHK60

Q131310PCEMC

125 125 Q131313PCE Q131313ABE Q131313PCECC Q131313ABECC Q1313PE QEHK35

175 125 Q18138PCE Q18138ABE Q18138PCECC Q18138ABECC Q1813PE QEH K35

Q18138PCEMC

175 125 Q181310PCE Q181310ABE Q181310PCECC Q181310ABECC Q1813PE QEHK60

Q181310PCEMC

175 125 Q181313PCE Q181313ABE Q181313PCECC Q181310ABECC Q1813PE QEHK35

175 175 Q18188PCE Q18188ABE Q18188PCECC Q18188ABECC Q1818PE QEHK35

Q18188PCEMC

175 175 Q181810PCE Q181810ABE Q181810PCECC Q181810ABECC Q1818PE QEHK60

175 175 Q181813PCE Q181813ABE Q181813PCECC Q181813ABECC Q1818PE QEHK35

250 175 Q25188PCE Q25188ABE Q25188PCECC Q25188ABECC Q2518PE QEHK35

Q25188PCEMC

250 175 Q251810PCE Q251810ABE Q251813PCECC Q251813ABECC Q2518PE QEHK60

250 175 Q251815PCE Q251815ABE Q251815PCECC Q251815ABECC Q2518PE QEHK35

QEBI QDEHK QEMFK

Bulletin

Q41

QLINE®E Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Rev. A October 2004

Application

Designed for use as insulated electrical junction

boxes, terminal wiring boxes, instrument housings,

electrical control boxes, and pushbutton housings

in wet, dusty, and corrosive environments.

Clear cover provides easy visual inspection of

interior components.

The ABI series of enclosures provides the same

features and similar physical properties

as its polycarbonate counterpart, the PCI

enclosure, but at a lower cost.

Construction

• Body is impact-resistant polycarbonate for

PCI series and ABS for ABI series

• Opaque and clear covers are impact-

resistant polycarbonate for PCI, opaque

covers are ABS for ABI series

• Polycarbonate and ABS material is easily

punched, drilled, filed, or sawed

• Mounting holes molded directly under

cover screws

• Molded internal pads for mounting optional

panels, rails, and other components

• Molded internal rails for mounting adjustable

depth panel kit

• Screws provided for mounting optional panel

• Optional extension rings are molded

polycarbonate

• Cover includes a molded-in hole for wire lead

• Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures

watertight and dust-tight seal

Screw Cover Enclosures have easily

removable covers attached to body with

strong, durable polyamide cross-point cover

screws.

Enclosures with Quick-Release Latches

have polycarbonate hinges and polyester

latches with a spring-loaded monel bail.

Finish/Color

Optional panels are zinc-plated steel.

Polycarbonate and ABS enclosure material is

RAL 7035 light gray inside and out.

Industry Standards

Polycarbonate Enclosure

UL 508A, 508 File No. E61997:Type 4,

Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

CSA File No.LR42186:Type 4,Type 4X,

Type 12, and Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating per UL 508

IEC 60529, IP66

ABS Enclosure

NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and

Type 13

Enclosure flammability rating UL94-HB

IEC 60529, IP66

Accessories

Bottom Cover Kit

Brass Insert Kit

Cover Screw Kit

Extension Ring (see table)

Hardware Kit

Hinge Kit

Mounting Bracket Kit

Panel Depth Fitting

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X Enclosures

Modification Services Program

You can customize this product to your

unique requirements by specifying from these

options:

• Colors

• Holes and cutouts in body, doors, subpanels

• Doors

• Subpanels

• Standard accessories

For details, see Modification Services at

hoffmanonline.com.

To order, contact your local Hoffman

sales representative.

NOTE: For information about modifications

outside the scope of the Modification

Services program, contact your Hoffman

sales representative.

See Chapter 11, EMC Enclosures, for

information on a related EMC-shielded

product.

Rev. A October 2004

6.161

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal *Panel Panel * Extension Ring

Opaque Clear Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Size Catalog Mounting

Cover Cover L x W A x B x C Number D x E Number G x H F P Q R S T U Y Z

Q202013PCI Q202013PCICC 200 x 200 188 x 188 x 123 Q2020PI 160 x 160 Q2020EXTI 180 x 180 115 150 150 140 140 120 110 100 100

Q202013ABI Q202013ABICC (7.87 x 7.87) (7.40 x 7.40 x 4.84) (6.30x 6.30) (7.09 x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (5.91) (5.51) (5.51) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (3.94)

Q302013PCI Q302013PCICC 300 x 200 288 x 188 x 123 Q3020PI 260 x 160 Q3020EXTI 280 x 180 115 150 250 140 240 120 210 100 200

Q302013ABI Q302013ABICC (11.81 x 7.87) (11.34 x7.40 x 4.84) (10.24x 6.30) (11.02x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (9.84) (5.51) (9.45) (4.72) (8.27) (3.94) (7.87)

Q402013PCI Q402013PCICC 400 x 200 388 x 188 x 123 Q4020PI 360 x 160 Q4020EXTI 380 x 180 115 150 350 140 340 120 310 100 300

Q402013ABI Q402013ABICC (15.75 x 7.87) (15.28 x7.40 x 4.84) (14.17x 6.30) (14.96x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (13.78) (5.51) (13.39) (4.72) (12.20) (3.94) (11.81)

Q303013PCI Q303013PCICC 300 x 300 288 x 288 x 123 Q3030PI 260 x 260 Q3030EXTI 280 x 280 115 250 250 240 240 220 210 200 200

Q303013ABI Q303013ABICC (11.81 x 11.81) (11.34 x 11.34 x 4.84) (10.24 x 10.24) (11.02 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (9.84) (9.45) (9.45) (8.66) (8.27) (7.87) (7.87)

Q403013PCI Q403013PCICC 400 x 300 388 x 288 x 123 Q4030PI 360 x 260 Q4030EXTI 380 x 280 115 250 350 240 340 220 310 200 300

Q403013ABI Q403013ABICC (15.75 x 11.81) (15.28 x 11.34 x 4.84) (14.17 x 10.24) (14.96 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (13.78) (9.45) (13.39) (8.66) (12.20) (7.87) (11.81)

Q603013PCI Q603013PCICC 600 x 300 588 x 288 x 123 Q6030PI 560 x 260 Q6030EXTI 580 x 280 115 250 550 240 540 220 510 200 500

Q603013ABI Q603013ABICC (23.62 x 11.81) (23.15 x 11.34 x 4.84) (22.05 x 10.24) (22.83 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (21.65) (9.45) (21.26) (8.66) (20.08) (7.87) (19.69)

Q604013PCI Q604013PCICC 600 x 400 588 x 388 x 123 Q6040PI 560 x 360 Q6040EXTI 580 x 380 115 350 550 340 540 320 510 300 500

Q604013ABI Q604013ABICC (23.62 x 15.75) (23.15 x 15.28 x 4.84) (22.05 x 14.17) (22.83 x 14.96) (4.53) (13.78) (21.65) (13.39) (21.26) (12.60) (20.08) (11.81) (19.69)

Q202018PCI Q202018PCICC 200 x 200 188 x 188 x 173 Q2020PI 160 x 160 Q2020EXTI 180 x 180 165 150 150 140 140 120 110 100 100

Q202018ABI Q202018ABICC (7.87 x 7.87) (7.40 x 7.40 x 6.81) (6.30 x 6.30) (7.09 x 7.09) (6.50) (5.91) (5.91) (5.51) (5.51) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (3.94)

Q302018PCI Q302018PCICC 300 x 200 288 x 188 x 173 Q3020PI 260 x 160 Q3020EXTI 280 x 180 165 150 250 140 240 120 110 100 200

Q302018ABI Q302018ABICC (11.81 x 7.87) (11.34 x7.40 x 6.81) (10.24x 6.30) (11.02x 7.09) (6.50) (5.91) (9.84) (5.51) (9.45) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (7.87)

Q402018PCI Q402018PCICC 400 x 200 388 x 188 x 173 Q4020PI 360 x 160 Q4020EXTI 380 x 180 165 150 350 140 340 120 310 100 300

Q402018ABI Q402018ABICC (15.75 x 7.87) (15.28 x7.40 x 6.81) (14.17x 6.30) (14.96x 7.09) (6.50) (5.91) (13.78) (5.51) (13.39) (4.72) (12.20) (3.94) (11.81)

Q303018PCI Q303018PCICC 300 x 300 288 x 288 x 173 Q3030PI 260 x 260 Q3030EXTI 280 x 280 165 250 250 240 240 220 210 200 200

Q303018ABI Q303018ABICC (11.81 x 11.81) (11.34 x 11.34 x 6.81) (10.24x 10.24) (11.02 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (9.84) (9.45) (9.45) (8.66) (8.27) (7.87) (7.87)

Q403018PCI Q403018PCICC 400 x 300 388 x 288 x 173 Q4030PI 360 x 260 Q4030EXTI 380 x 280 165 250 350 240 340 220 310 200 300

Q403018ABI Q403018ABICC (15.75 x 11.81) (15.28 x 11.34 x 6.81) (14.17 x 10.24) (14.96 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (13.78) (9.45) (13.39) (8.66) (12.20) (7.87) (11.81)

Q603018PCI Q603018PCICC 600 x 300 588 x 288 x 173 Q6030PI 560 x 260 Q6030EXTi 580 x 280 165 250 550 240 540 220 510 200 500

Q603018ABI Q603018ABICC (23.62 x 11.81) (23.15 x 11.34 x 6.81) (22.05 x 10.24) (22.83 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (21.65) (9.45) (21.26) (8.66) (20.08) (7.87) (19.69)

Q604018PCI Q604018PCICC 600 x 400 588 x 388 x 173 Q6040PI 560 x 360 Q6040EXTI 580 x 380 165 350 550 340 540 320 510 300 500

Q604018ABI Q604018ABICC (23.62 x 15.75) (23.15 x 15.28 x 6.81) (22.05 x 14.17) (22.83 x 14.96) (6.50) (13.78) (21.65) (13.39) (21.26) (12.60) (20.08) (11.81) (19.69)

Standard Sizes QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X Screw Cover Enclosures

Inch dimensions in ( ).

* Panels and Extension Rings must be ordered separately.

Enclosure Catalog Number External Internal * Panel Panel

Opaque Clear Dimensions Dimensions Catalog Size Mounting

Cover Cover L x W A x B x C Number D x E G x H F P Q R S T U Y Z

Q202013PCIQR Q202013PCIQRCC 200 x 200 188 x 188 x 123 Q2020PI 160 x 160 180 x 180 115 150 150 140 140 120 110 100 100

(7.87 x 7.87) (7.40 x 7.40 x 4.84) (6.30 x 6.30) (7.09 x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (5.91) (5.51) (5.51) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (3.94)

Q302013PCIQR Q302013PCIQRCC 300 x 200 288 x 188 x 123 Q3020PI 260 x 160 280 x 180 115 150 250 140 240 120 210 100 200

(11.81 x 7.87) (11.34 x 7.40 x 4.84) (10.24 x 6.30) (11.02 x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (9.84) (5.51) (9.45) (4.72) (8.27) (3.94) (7.87)

Q402013PCIQR Q402013PCIQRCC 400 x 200 388 x 188 x 123 Q4020PI 360 x 160 380 x 180 115 150 350 140 340 120 310 100 300

(15.75 x 7.87) (15.28 x 7.40 x 4.84) (14.17 x 6.30) (14.96 x 7.09) (4.53) (5.91) (13.78) (5.51) (13.39) (4.72) (12.20) (3.94) (11.81)

Q303013PCIQR Q303013PCIQRCC 300 x 300 288 x 288 x 123 Q3030PI 260 x 260 280 x 280 115 250 250 240 240 220 210 200 200

(11.81 x 11.81) (11.34 x 11.34 x 4.84) (10.24 x 10.24) (11.02 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (9.84) (9.45) (9.45) (8.66) (8.27) (7.87) (7.87)

Q403013PCIQR Q403013PCIQRCC 400 x300 388 x 328 x 123 Q4030PI 360 x 260 380 x 280 115 250 350 240 340 220 310 200 300

(15.75 x 11.81) (15.28 x 11.34 x 4.84) (14.17 x 10.24) (14.96 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (13.78) (9.45) (13.39) (8.66) (12.20) (7.87) (11.81)

Q603013PCIQR Q603013PCIQRCC 600 x 300 588 x 288 x 123 Q6030PI 560 x 260 580 x 280 115 250 550 240 540 220 510 200 500

(23.62 x 11.81) (23.15 x 11.34 x 4.84) (22.05 x 10.24) (22.83 x 11.02) (4.53) (9.84) (21.65) (9.45) (21.26) (8.66) (20.08) (7.87) (19.69)

Q604013PCIQR Q604013PCIQRCC 600 x 400 588 x 388 x 123 Q6040PI 560 x 360 580 x 380 115 350 550 340 540 320 510 300 500

(23.62 x 15.75) (23.15 x 15.28 x 4.84) (22.05 x 14.17) (22.83 x 14.96) (4.53) (13.78) (21.65) (13.39) (21.26) (12.60) (20.08) (11.81) (19.69)

Q202018PCIQR Q202018PCIQRCC 200 x 200 188 x 188 x 173 Q2020PI 160 x 160 180 x 180 165 150 150 140 140 120 110 100 100

(7.87 x 7.87) (7.40x 7.40 x 6.81) (6.30 x 6.30) (7.09 x 7.09) (6.50) ((5.91) (5.91) (5.51) (5.51) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (3.94)

Q302018PCIQR Q302018PCIQRCC 300 x 200 288 x 188 x 173 Q3020PI 260 x 160 280 x 180 165 150 250 140 240 120 110 100 200

(11.81 x 7.87) (11.34 x 7.40 x 6.81) (10.24 x 6.30) (11.02 x 7.09) (6.50) (5.91) (9.84) (5.51) (9.45) (4.72) (4.33) (3.94) (7.87)

Q402018PCIQR Q402018PCIQRCC 400 x 200 388 x 188 x 173 Q4020PI 360 x 160 380 x 180 165 150 350 140 340 120 310 100 30

(15.75 x 7.87) (15.28 x 7.40 x 6.81) (14.17 x 6.30) (14.96 x 7.09) (6.50) (5.91) (13.78) (5.51) (13.39) (4.72) (12.20) (3.94) (11.81)

Q303018PCIQR Q303018PCIQRCC 300 x 300 288 x 288 x 173 Q3030PI 260 x 260 280 x 280 165 250 250 240 240 220 210 200 200

(11.81 x 11.81) (11.34 x 11.34 x 6.81) (10.24 x 10.24) (11.02 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (9.84) (9.45) (9.45) (8.66) (8.27) (7.87) (7.87)

Q403018PCIQR Q403018PCIQRCC 400 x 300 388 x 288 x 173 Q4030PI 360 x 260 380 x 280 165 250 350 240 340 220 310 200 300

(15.75 x 11.81) (15.28 x 11.34 x 6.81) (14.17 x 10.24) (14.96 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (13.78) (9.45) (13.39) (8.66) (12.20) (7.87) (11.81)

Q603018PCIQR Q603018PCIQRCC 600 x 300 588 x 288 x 173 Q6030PI 560 x 260 580 x 280 165 250 550 240 540 220 510 200 500

(23.62 x 11.81) (23.15 x 11.34 x 6.81) (22.05 x 10.24) (22.83 x 11.02) (6.50) (9.84) (21.65) (9.45) (21.26) (8.66) (20.08) (7.87) (19.69)

Q604018PCIQR Q604018PCIQRCC 600 x 400 588 x 388 x 173 Q6040PI 560 x 360 580 x 380 165 350 550 340 540 320 510 300 500

(23.62 x 15.75) (23.15 x 15.28 x 6.81) (22.05 x14.17) (22.83 x 14.96) (6.50) (13.78) (21.65) (13.39) (21.26) (12.60) (20.08) (11.81) (19.69)

Standard Sizes QLINE®I Polycarbonate Type 4X Enclosures with Quick-Release Latches

Rev. C October 2004

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X Enclosures

■Screw Cover Enclosures

NOTES: 1. Panel screws are MS pan head.

2. Enclosures with C = 173mm (6.81 in.)

include 50mm (1.97 in.) extension ring.

Rev. A June 2003

6.163

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

■Enclosures with Quick Release Latches

Rev. A June 2003

NOTE: Panel screws are MS pan head.

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS

Type 4X Accessories

Catalog Number

QBIK

Catalog Number Description

QIWHSK wing-head screw

QITSK 3mm tamper-resistant double-bit

Brass Insert Kit

Four M5 self-tapping brass inserts screw into

molded pads in bottom of enclosure. Inserts

have M3 internal thread.

Cover Screw Kit

Screws are polyamide.Wing-head-style screws

provide rapid access to enclosure interior

without requiring special tools to open. Kit

includes four polyamide cover screws.Tamper-

resistant screws have molded 3mm double-bit

drive; kit includes four screws and one key.

Catalog Number

QIPDF

Panel Depth Fitting

attaches to corner molded rails of enclosure

to facilitate full-range front-to-back panel

adjustment. Package includes four polyamide

fittings and zinc-plated screws.

Rev. A October 2004

6.165

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Bulletin

Q41

Catalog Number

QIHK

Hinge Kit

includes two polyamide hinges, eight M4 self-

tapping zinc plated screws, eight flat washers,

and drilling template.

NOTE: Kit may not meet Type 4

requirements and should therefore be verified

by customer.

Catalog Number

QIMFK

Mounting Bracket Kit

has four polycarbonate brackets and four M3

self-tapping zinc-plated screws. Kit is field

installable. Maintains listed ratings for enclosure.

Catalog Number Description

QIHK424 42mm screw

Hardware Kit

includes four polyamide cover screws and four

M5 self-tapping zinc-plated panel screws.This

kit is offered as a replacement kit for lost or

damaged hardware originally furnished with

the enclosure.

External

Dimensions Opaque Cover Opaque Cover Clear Cover Clear Cover Extension

L W Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Panel RingaCover Screw Kit

200 200 Q202013PCI Q202013ABI Q202013PCICC Q202013ABICC Q2020PI Q2020EXTI

Q202013PCIQR Q202013PCIQRCC

Q202013PCEMC

200 200 Q202018PCI Q202018ABI Q202018PCICC Q202018ABICC Q2020PI Q2020EXTI

Q202018PCIQR Q202018PCIQRCC

300 200 Q302013PCI Q302013ABI Q302013PCICC Q302013ABICC Q3020PI Q3020EXTI

Q302013PCIQR Q302013PCIQRCC

Q302013PCEMC

300 200 Q302018PCI Q302018ABI Q302018PCICC Q302018ABICC Q3020PI Q3020EXTI

Q302018PCIQR Q302018PCIQRCC

400 200 Q402013PCI Q402013ABI Q402013PCICC Q402013ABICC Q4020PI Q4020EXTI QIWHSK

Q402013PCIQR Q402013PCIQRCC

Q402013PC EMC

400 200 Q402018PCI Q402018ABI Q402018PCICC Q402018ABICC Q4020PI Q4020EXTI or

Q402018PCIQR Q402018PCIQRCC

300 300 Q303013PCI Q303013ABI Q303013PCICC Q303013ABICC Q3030PI Q3030EXTI QITSK

Q303013PCIQR Q303013PCIQRCC

Q303013PCEMC

300 300 Q303018PCI Q303018ABI Q303018PCICC Q303013ABICC Q3030PI Q3030EXTI

Q303018PCIQR Q303018PCIQRCC

400 300 Q403013PCI Q403018ABI Q403013PCICC Q403013ABICC Q4030PI Q4030EXTI

Q403013PCIQR Q403013PCIQRCC

400 300 Q403018PCI Q403018ABI Q403018PCICC Q403018ABICC Q4030PI Q4030EXTI

Q403018PCIQR Q403018PCIQRCC

600 300 Q603013PCI Q603013ABI Q603013PCICC Q603013ABICC Q6030PI Q6030EXTI

Q603013PCIQR Q603013PCIQRCC

600 300 Q603018PCI Q603018ABI Q603018PCICC Q603018ABICC Q6030PI Q6030EXTI

Q603018PCIQR Q603018PCIQRCC

600 400 Q604013PCI Q604013ABI Q604013PCICC Q604013ABICC Q6040PI Q6040EXTI

Q604013PCIQR Q604013PCIQRCC

600 400 Q604018PCI Q604018ABI Q604018PCICC Q604018ABICC Q6040PI Q6040EXTI

Q604018PCIQR Q604018PCIQRCC

QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Enclosures

Selection Matrix

Accessory Selection Matrix QLINE®I Polycarbonate and ABS Type 4X Enclosures

Enclosures Accessories

aNot suitable for enclosures with quick-release latches.

Rev. A October 2004

6.167

Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures

QLINE®I Accessory Selection Matrix

Bulletin

Q41

External

Panel Panel Dimensions

Brass Insert Kit Extenders Depth Fitting Hinge Kit Mounting Bracket Kit Hardware Kit L W

200 200

300 200

QBIK QIPE15, QIPE20, QIPDF 400 200

or 400 200

QIPE30 300 300

300 300

400 300

600 300

600 400

QIHK QIMFK QIHK42

Rev. A October 2004

Ch 6 Corrosion Resistant Enclosures PDF 1000461306 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation